03.07.2013 Views

MV BLUEFIN QUALITY MANUAL - Australian Maritime College

MV BLUEFIN QUALITY MANUAL - Australian Maritime College

MV BLUEFIN QUALITY MANUAL - Australian Maritime College

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> <strong>QUALITY</strong> <strong>MANUAL</strong><br />

Safety Management Plan<br />

and<br />

Ship Board Contingency Plan<br />

<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Locked 1399<br />

Launceston, Tasmania 7250<br />

Tel: + 61 (0) 3 6324 9640 Fax: + 61 (0) 3 6324 9720


CHAPTER 1<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

SAFETY MANAGEMENT PLAN<br />

<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Locked 1399<br />

Launceston, Tasmania 7250<br />

Tel: + 61 (0) 3 6324 9640 Fax: + 61 (0) 3 6324 9720


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> DOCUMENT CHANGE REQUEST FORM<br />

Date<br />

Document Name<br />

Page No<br />

Requested Change<br />

Signed: Master <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

Signed: Designated Person Ashore (DPA)<br />

DISTRIBUTION LIST<br />

Copy Issued to Date of Distribution by<br />

Master <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

1 Director – AMC Ports and Shipping<br />

1 Risk Advisor – AMC<br />

1 Business Services Manager – AMC Search<br />

5 Master <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

REVISION HISTORY<br />

Rev Date Pages Reason For Issue ORIG Check Approved<br />

Note: Previous revision history is located in the “Revision History” Folder located<br />

in the Bridge Document Library and records kept for 5 years.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 1 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

CONTENTS<br />

DISTRIBUTION LIST ......................................................................................................... 1<br />

REVISION HISTORY ......................................................................................................... 1<br />

CONTENTS ....................................................................................................................... 2<br />

DOCUMENT INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................... 4<br />

DEFINITIONS/ABBREVIATIONS...................................................................................... 5<br />

SAFETY INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................ 6<br />

1.0 INTRODUCTION<br />

..................................................................................................... 7<br />

1.1 Line of Responsibility and Project Management Organisation 7<br />

1.1.1 Introduction .......................................................................................................................... 7<br />

1.1.2 Project Management ........................................................................................................... 8<br />

2.0 POLICIES<br />

............................................................................................................. 12<br />

2.1 UTAS Occupational Health and Safety Policy 12<br />

2.2 Alcohol Policy 14<br />

3.0 SAFETY ORIENTATION/INDUCTION<br />

.................................................................. 17<br />

4.0 SAFETY MEETINGS<br />

............................................................................................ 18<br />

4.1 Toolbox Meetings 18<br />

4.2 Weekly Safety Meetings 19<br />

5.0 REGULATIONS<br />

.................................................................................................... 20<br />

6.0 COMMUNICATIONS<br />

............................................................................................. 21<br />

7.0 REPORTING SCHEDULES INCLUDING INCIDENTS<br />

......................................... 22<br />

7.1 Daily Reports 22<br />

7.2 Incident Reporting 22<br />

8.0 AMC ACCIDENTS AND INCIDENTS REPORTING<br />

............................................. 23<br />

8.1 Responsibility for Compiling Reports 23<br />

8.2 Method of Reporting 23<br />

8.3 Submission of Reports 23<br />

8.4 Investigation and Review 24<br />

8.5 Follow-Up Actions 24<br />

9.0 PERSONNEL<br />

........................................................................................................ 25<br />

9.1 Master’s Review 25<br />

9.2 Selection/Competence 25<br />

10.0 WEATHER MONITORING<br />

.................................................................................... 26<br />

11.0 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT<br />

............................................................ 27<br />

12.0 INSPECTIONS<br />

...................................................................................................... 28<br />

13.0 VESSEL TO VESSEL TRANSFER<br />

....................................................................... 29<br />

14.0 MEDICAL FACILITIES<br />

......................................................................................... 30<br />

15.0 WORK ON DECK<br />

................................................................................................. 31<br />

16.0 LAUNCHING AND RECOVERY OF TOWED EQUIPMENT<br />

EQUIPMENT................................. 32<br />

17.0 JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS<br />

..................................................................................... 34<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 2 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

18.0 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE<br />

.............................................................................. 35<br />

19.0 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES<br />

................................................................................. 36<br />

20.0 OIL SPILL CONTINGENCY PLAN<br />

....................................................................... 38<br />

20.1 Introduction 38<br />

20.2 National Plan Objectives 38<br />

20.3 Safety Priorities 38<br />

20.4 National Plan Divisions of Responsibility 38<br />

20.5 National Plan Operations 39<br />

20.6 Oil Spill Response 39<br />

21.0 MARINE FAUNA<br />

................................................................................................... 40<br />

22.0 SHIPBOARD POLICIES<br />

....................................................................................... 42<br />

List of Appendices:<br />

Appendix 1 Bridge Related Documents<br />

Appendix 2 Engine Room Documents<br />

Appendix 3 Deck Operation Documents<br />

Appendix 4 Check List Documents<br />

Appendix 5 Student Training Related Documents<br />

Appendix 6 Permits to Work Documents<br />

Appendix 7 Specification/Survey Documents<br />

Appendix 8 Reporting<br />

Appendix 9 Register of Shipboard Logs<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 3 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

DOCUMENT INTRODUCTION<br />

The Motor Vessel (<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong>) is operated by AMC.<br />

The AMC is an institute of UTAS. The vessel is also used by AMC Search which is an<br />

AS/NZS ISO 9001:2008 accredited company and has a vessel Health, Safety and<br />

Environmental Management System that complies with the International Marine<br />

Organisation’s (IMO) International Safety Management (ISM) Code.<br />

AMC Search is the commercial arm of the <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong> which is based in<br />

Launceston, Tasmania.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 4 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

DEFINITIONS/ABBREVIATIONS<br />

The following definitions/abbreviations may be found in this document and/or other<br />

referenced documents.<br />

Vessel Owner - UTAS<br />

Medivac - Medical Evacuation<br />

AMC - <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

AMOSC - <strong>Australian</strong> Marine Oil Spill Centre<br />

AMRCC - <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> Rescue Co-ordination Centre<br />

AMSA - <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> Safety Authority<br />

DPA - Designated Person Ashore<br />

FAC - First Aid Case<br />

HAZID - Hazard Identification<br />

HAZOP - Hazard and Operability Studies<br />

ISO - International Standard Organisation<br />

JSA - Job Safety Analysis<br />

LTIFR - Lost Time Injury Frequency Rate<br />

MARPOL - International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships,<br />

73/78<br />

MOSAP - Marine Oil Spills Action Plan<br />

MTC - Medical Treatment Case<br />

NM - Near Miss<br />

OHS&E - Occupational Health Safety and Environment<br />

PPE - Personal Protective Equipment<br />

Rep - Representative<br />

SMS - Safety Management System<br />

SOLAS - International Convention or the Safety of Life At Sea<br />

SOP - Standard operating Procedure<br />

SOPEP - Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 5 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

SAFETY INTRODUCTION<br />

Objective<br />

The prevention of accidents and injury is the primary objective on this and all AMC<br />

operations, and great importance is placed on ensuring and maintaining the health and<br />

safety of employees. Furthermore, AMC wishes to protect all persons with whom<br />

employees may have association during work activities. It is therefore the policy of AMC<br />

to observe and comply with all statutory provisions and to take any additional measures<br />

that it sees fit in the pursuance of safety.<br />

Individual Responsibility<br />

All employees of the <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong> are:<br />

• responsible to themselves, their families, and their fellow workers to apply safeminded,<br />

common-sense practices to all work habits.<br />

• required to co-operate in implementing the requirements of all Health, Safety and<br />

Environmental laws, codes of practice, and work instructions.<br />

All personnel should:<br />

• challenge and report all unsafe acts, accidents, and near misses - when they occur -<br />

to their immediate supervisor.<br />

• refrain from any action or omission or anything that constitutes a danger to any<br />

person and are to be alert to such dangers, advising their immediate supervisor.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 6 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

1.0 INTRODUCTION<br />

Safety management applies to all personnel, we have a personal responsibility both as a<br />

‘team’ and as individuals to unsure that Safety receives the highest priority in all<br />

operations.<br />

Offshore operations are a potentially hazardous environment and this Safety Management<br />

Plan has been developed to cover AMC personnel and operations at sea on board the<br />

vessel.<br />

Effective ‘self-policing’ of the Plan is encouraged.<br />

The requirements of this Safety Management Plan are supplementary to the OHS&E<br />

legislation and is the minimum requirement for the management of AMC Safety and<br />

Health on the project.<br />

This document is not intended to supplant or override current legislation. It is<br />

AMC’s intention to comply with whichever require the greater compliance.<br />

Other documents that will be referred to and be present on the vessel are:<br />

• Shipboard Contingency Plan<br />

• AMC Hazardous Goods and Substances Manifest (HGSM)<br />

1.1 Line of Responsibility and Project Management Organisation<br />

1.1.1 Introduction<br />

The <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong> is convinced that prevention of accidents and<br />

preservation of the environment are essential to the efficient operation of its business. The<br />

well-being of our own and Sub-contractor employees as well as our students are a major<br />

factor in all facets of our business since people are our most valuable asset and their<br />

safety is a prime consideration.<br />

Although the responsibility for safe operations and a safe place to work rests clearly with<br />

all sections of the management, every employee and Sub-contractor must recognise his or<br />

her responsibility to ensure the safety of themselves and others. AMC will ensure that the<br />

Health and Safety, and Policies are pursued with diligence and that everyone is aware of<br />

their responsibilities.<br />

To this end, the AMC has defined set objectives that we as an institution are striving to<br />

meet. These objectives include:<br />

• The prevention of all injuries in the workplace.<br />

• To provide a Safe and Healthy workplace.<br />

• To eliminate all discharges and emissions that could have a detrimental effect on the<br />

environment.<br />

• To establish and maintain safe and environmentally sound working procedures and<br />

practices throughout its operation.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 7 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

• To comply with all statutory obligations concerning Health, Safety and the<br />

Environment.<br />

• To provide training for all personnel to enable them to work safely and avoid damage<br />

to the environment.<br />

• To develop a high degree of health, safety and environmental awareness among all<br />

staff.<br />

• To provide and maintain procedures for effective response to any emergency that<br />

may befall our personnel and/or equipment at any of the locations that they may find<br />

themselves.<br />

• To maintain and monitor AMC performance.<br />

Safety is the preservation of Life, Property and Natural resources from accidental loss. To<br />

aid in accomplishing these objectives, every person involved must realise the potential<br />

consequences of accidents and environmental damage and comply with those restraints<br />

necessary to prevent them.<br />

1.1.2 Project Management<br />

AMC policy is that OHS&E matters are the responsibility of line management, even though<br />

Safety Advisors or Co-ordinators may be appointed within AMC. The Principal's Policy<br />

Statements, included at the front of this document, make it clear that responsibility is<br />

delegated down through the normal management tree, in such a way as to place the onus<br />

firmly on each supervisor for safe operation within his own section or department of<br />

activity.<br />

The Principal has delegated responsibility through Director NCPS. to the Vessel’s Master.<br />

All field activities associated with the mobilisation, operation and demobilisation for the<br />

vessel at sea are therefore under the direct control and responsibility of the Master. The<br />

Master has full authority to stop work or any part of the operation associated with the<br />

vessel on safety grounds if he believes that by not doing so will or may present an<br />

unacceptable risk.<br />

Responsibilities of personnel for OHS&E are:<br />

Onshore<br />

The Principal • Defining <strong>College</strong> Targets<br />

• Implementing the strategy and the systems<br />

• Reviewing and correcting at local level<br />

AMC Risk Advisor • Acting as a focal point for OHS&E and Risk Management<br />

within AMC<br />

• Assisting the NCPS<br />

• Increasing employee safety and environment awareness<br />

• Promoting health and safety commitment within AMC<br />

• Compiling company safety statistics<br />

• Obtaining and controlling reports<br />

• Preparing local documentation<br />

• Undertaking inspections and audits as required<br />

• Investigation of Incidents/Accidents as required<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 8 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

AMC Search • Overall operational control of Contracted projects<br />

• Safety co-ordinator for Contracted projects<br />

• Contract Project logistics support<br />

• Focal point for client contact<br />

OFFSHORE<br />

Vessel Master • In command of the vessel<br />

• Has overall responsibility for the safety of the vessel and<br />

ALL personnel onboard<br />

• Maintain vessel Safety Management System/Plan<br />

• Ensuring compliance with all statutory requirements<br />

• Manage/review SOPs and JSAs, risk assessment (as<br />

required)<br />

• Ensuring compliance with all vessel Owner/Operator, AMC<br />

and Client/s safety philosophies and procedures<br />

• Nominated vessel OHS&E Rep/Advisor<br />

• Holding vessel safety drills and meetings<br />

• Compiling Accident and Incident Reports as appropriate.<br />

• Reporting all accidents, incidents and hazards to vessel and<br />

AMC management<br />

• Investigation of all accidents, incidents and hazards<br />

• Wearing of appropriate PPE<br />

• Advising fellow employees of hazardous situations<br />

• Promoting a mature approach to working safely<br />

• Promotion of health and safety awareness amongst all<br />

employees<br />

DPA • Assist Vessel’s Master to maintain AMC Safety Management<br />

Plan/System<br />

• Ensuring compliance with all Client/s project safety<br />

philosophies and procedures<br />

• Ensuring compliance with all statutory requirements<br />

• Nominated AMC Offshore Operations OHS&E Rep/Advisor<br />

• Undertaking inspections and audits as appropriate<br />

• Attendance at appropriate vessel safety meetings<br />

• Participation in and adherence to all safety instructions,<br />

procedures and safety activities on the vessel<br />

• Regular review of offshore operations JSAs and Risk<br />

Assessor<br />

• Reviewing Accident and Incident Reports<br />

• Reporting all accidents, incidents and hazards to management<br />

and statutory authorities<br />

• Investigation of all accidents, incidents and hazards<br />

• Responsible for liaison with Client’s Offshore Reps<br />

• Wearing of appropriate PPE<br />

• Advising fellow employees of hazardous situations<br />

• Presenting a mature approach to working safely<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 9 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

• Promotion of health and safety awareness amongst all<br />

employees.<br />

AMC Personnel • Compliance with vessel and AMC Safety Management<br />

Systems/Plans<br />

• Compliance with all Client/s and vessel safety philosophies<br />

and procedures<br />

• Compliance with all statutory requirements<br />

• Participation in and adherence to all safety instructions,<br />

procedures and safety activities on the vessel<br />

• Attending appropriate safety meetings<br />

• Participation in JSA preparation and review<br />

• Reporting all incidents, accidents and hazards to Vessel<br />

Master and Risk Advisor<br />

• Wearing of appropriate PPE<br />

• Advising fellow employees of hazardous situations<br />

• Presenting a mature approach to working safely<br />

Vessel Crew • Compliance with vessel and AMC Safety Management<br />

Systems/Plans<br />

• Compliance with all Client/s and vessel safety philosophies<br />

and procedures<br />

• Compliance with all statutory requirements<br />

• Participation in and adherence to all safety instructions,<br />

procedures and safety activities on the vessel<br />

• Attending appropriate safety meetings<br />

• Participation in JSA preparation and review<br />

• Reporting all incidents, accidents and hazards to Vessel<br />

Master and Risk Advisor<br />

• Wearing of appropriate PPE<br />

• Advising fellow employees of hazardous situations<br />

• Presenting a mature approach to working safely<br />

All personnel have a responsibility both to themselves and to AMC for their own safety and<br />

for the safety of equipment and property within their area of responsibility. Supervisors at<br />

all levels have personal and individual responsibility for the safety of each person under<br />

their supervision, direction, or control. Accident prevention is an important part of every<br />

supervisor’s job.<br />

Each member of the crew has a responsibility for acting safely in his day-to-day work, and<br />

for reporting unsafe situations to his supervisor at the earliest opportunity.<br />

The Contractor’s Safety Organisation is shown overleaf.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 10 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> LINE OF RESPONSIBILITY<br />

AMC Principal /<br />

Pro Vice Chancellor<br />

Malek Pourzanjani<br />

AMC Director<br />

Ports and Shipping<br />

John Lloyd<br />

Designated Persons<br />

Ashore<br />

John Lloyd<br />

David Waldron<br />

Master <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

Vessel Crew<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 11 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

2.0 POLICIES<br />

2.1 UTAS Occupational Health and Safety Policy<br />

This policy is located at:<br />

http://www.human-resources.utas.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0011/8687/ohs.pdf<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 12 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 13 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

2.2 Alcohol Policy<br />

This policy is located at:<br />

http://www.human-resources.utas.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0003/8688/alcohol.pdf<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 14 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 15 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 16 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

3.0 SAFETY ORIENTATION/INDUCTION<br />

All AMC personnel shall attend an induction meeting to introduce them to the health and<br />

safety requirements of the project. The induction meeting shall aim to make personnel<br />

aware of safety and environmental regulations and systems to assist them in carrying out<br />

their work in a safe manner, at all times regarding their own safety, that of their colleagues,<br />

the environment and other personnel onboard the vessel.<br />

Induction meetings for all AMC personnel will be undertaken as follows:<br />

Project Induction, at AMC, that will:<br />

• Acquaint personnel with the site, the nature of the project, the method for identifying<br />

and eliminating hazards (Hazard Analysis and JSA), the hazards that personnel may<br />

encounter, the tools, plant and equipment and safe practices to be used to minimise<br />

incidents.<br />

• Review of the Safety Management Plan.<br />

• Review the contents of Health and Safety manuals, stressing the sections applicable<br />

to personnel and the project.<br />

• Advise of the requirements for working safely and that failure to follow safe practices<br />

may result in disciplinary action and removal from the vessel.<br />

• Reporting procedures in the event of an incident.<br />

• Emergency procedures on board the vessel.<br />

Vessel Induction, on the vessel, that will address:<br />

• Vessel layout<br />

• Emergency procedures<br />

• Location of emergency equipment<br />

• Location of fire fighting equipment<br />

• Location of life saving equipment<br />

• Muster stations<br />

• Hazards that may be encountered and safe practices to be used to minimise<br />

incidents<br />

• First Aid procedures<br />

The conduct of the vessel safety orientation/induction should be noted on the appropriate<br />

vessel induction record sheets.<br />

Chemicals or hazardous goods cannot be brought onboard without permission of the<br />

Master, MSDS must be provided.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 17 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

4.0 SAFETY MEETINGS<br />

Face to face meetings, both formal and informal, are an essential part of the Safety<br />

Management System (SMS) process.<br />

OHS&E meetings will be held as follows:<br />

Department/Mob Meeting Prior to personnel<br />

departing AMC for sea<br />

Depart/Mobilisation<br />

Meeting<br />

FREQUENCY COMPRISED OF<br />

Prior to commencement of<br />

equipment mobilisation<br />

Toolbox Meetings Daily and/or at shift changes and<br />

following an incident to report the<br />

findings of the Incident<br />

investigation.<br />

Note: Dot point minutes to be<br />

taken and noted in Ship’s Log. To<br />

be noted on Weekly/project Safety<br />

reports.<br />

Safety Meetings The first meeting is to be held prior<br />

to the vessel departure.<br />

This first meeting should be held in<br />

conjunction with the vessel<br />

emergency drill immediately on<br />

departing port. Following the first<br />

meeting, the frequency of follow on<br />

meetings will depend on voyage<br />

duration and nature of activity. To<br />

be determined by Master.<br />

Minutes are to be taken for this<br />

meeting.<br />

Job Safety Analysis and<br />

Risk Assessments<br />

Change of task<br />

Critical activity<br />

Significant hazards noted<br />

Incident Investigation Within 24 hours of Incident<br />

occurring<br />

4.1 Toolbox Meetings<br />

Vessel’s Master.<br />

DPA<br />

Vessel’s Master<br />

Chief Engineer<br />

Vessel personnel<br />

Client/s Representative<br />

Others as required<br />

Vessel’s Personnel<br />

Others as required<br />

Vessel Master<br />

Vessel personnel<br />

Client/s Representative Others<br />

as required<br />

Vessel’s Crew<br />

Operating teams and other<br />

specialist advisors<br />

Vessel Master<br />

Client/s Representative<br />

Others as required<br />

Toolbox meetings shall be held at each shift change and should include the following<br />

items:<br />

• Work activities undertaken during previous shift<br />

• Anticipated work to be undertaken during next shift<br />

• Any hazards that have not been actioned<br />

• Individual concerns of employees<br />

• Any problems experienced during the previous shift<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 18 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

In addition to shift change Toolbox meetings, a Toolbox meeting, which should be no<br />

longer than fifteen minutes duration, shall be held on site following an incident and/or as<br />

required and items covered shall include, but not be limited to:<br />

• Review of injury and accident reports<br />

• Items of general safety importance to the site<br />

• Areas of safety interest to meeting participants<br />

• Project safety rules and policies<br />

• Systems and procedures<br />

Toolbox meetings shall also be used as an educational forum to improve employee’s<br />

knowledge and understanding of health and safety systems and rules and requirements.<br />

4.2 Weekly Safety Meetings<br />

Safety meetings should discuss OHS&E issues that are associated with the provision of<br />

services by AMC and vessel operations. The meeting should be minuted and should<br />

include a corrective action list, including completion dates and persons responsible for<br />

ensuring satisfactory completion of action items. Copies of the minutes should be<br />

distributed to the Vessel Master, DPA and AMC Risk Advisor.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 19 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

5.0 REGULATIONS<br />

AMC will abide by all relevant Commonwealth and State Government regulations<br />

applicable to the operations to be undertaken by AMC.<br />

Some of the regulations applicable:<br />

• Commonwealth of Australia Navigation Act 1912 (Division 14 Part IV)<br />

<strong>Australian</strong> Ship Reporting System (AUSREP)<br />

Small Craft <strong>Australian</strong> Ship Reporting System (SC AUSREP)<br />

• The International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS) 1974<br />

Consolidated Edition, 1997 and 1996 Amendments<br />

• Schedule 7 – Occupational Health and Safety (part of the 1967 P(SL)A)<br />

(Commonwealth)<br />

• <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> Safety Authority National Contingency Plan to Combat Pollution<br />

of the Sea by Oil<br />

• International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships (MARPOL 73/78<br />

Consolidated Edition, 1997)<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 20 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

6.0 COMMUNICATIONS<br />

The primary communication process in the safety organisation is one-to-one contact<br />

between a person and his/her immediate superior and subordinate. The ‘Chain of<br />

Command’ is also a ‘Chain of Communication’.<br />

Matters such as policy changes will be published by senior management, and may be<br />

issued in the form of a circular to all staff, but it is the responsibility of each manager and<br />

supervisor also to explain the content and intention of the matter to his/her immediate<br />

subordinates.<br />

Both written and verbal communication is appropriate, depending on the geographical<br />

location of the parties.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 21 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

7.0 REPORTING SCHEDULES INCLUDING INCIDENTS<br />

7.1 Daily Reports<br />

The daily report is to be sent to the DPAs by the Vessel Master and wherever possible will<br />

be sent prior to 12.15 mid-day.<br />

It is to refer to the preceding 24 hour period and is to contain a section on safety. The<br />

safety section should itemise the following:<br />

• Incidents<br />

• Injuries<br />

• Near-misses<br />

• Identified safety hazards<br />

• Record of safety drills<br />

• Safety meetings held<br />

7.2 Incident Reporting<br />

An ‘Incident’ is an unplanned event that causes or could have had potential to cause injury<br />

or damage to personnel or property and involves:<br />

• Any personnel of AMC in the course of their employment, and;<br />

• Occurs at a place under the control of the Client/s, or AMC while engaged in activities<br />

related to the project, or;<br />

• Involves operations of the Client’s, or AMC’s property, plant or equipment.<br />

The Client/s shall be advised immediately by the Vessel’s Master and AMC of any<br />

accident/incident or near miss. The Vessel’s Master and Client/s Representative are to<br />

conduct an investigation as to the causes of all Incidents and record the information on<br />

the UTAS Incident Form. A copy of the UTAS Incident Form must be supplied to AMC<br />

within 24 hours of the occurrence of the Incident and shall include recommendations to<br />

avoid a recurrence of the Incident. Refer to http://www.amc.edu.au/occupational-healthsafety<br />

& (select Incident Form). Any offshore operation hazards identified during the<br />

investigation will be rectified by AMC and procedures amended accordingly.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 22 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

8.0 AMC ACCIDENTS AND INCIDENTS REPORTING<br />

It is a requirement that reports are to be submitted in the following circumstances:<br />

• Vessel accidents involving personnel whether on duty or not, and whether injured or<br />

not.<br />

• Personal injury (a) to any person whilst on AMC premises or AMC business, or<br />

travelling to or from AMC business or place of work; or (b) to a non-employee, if the<br />

action of an employee whilst on an AMC activity or using AMC property may have<br />

been a contributory factor.<br />

• Property Damage to property that is (a) owned by, hired by, or is the responsibility<br />

of, AMC, whether or not it is being used on AMC business at the time, or (b) owned<br />

by any other party and which has been affected by the actions of AMC or any<br />

employee.<br />

• Near misses in the above three categories.<br />

Depending on what happened, reports in more than one of the above categories may be<br />

required for the same event.<br />

8.1 Responsibility for Compiling Reports<br />

For accidents and incidents on board, it is the responsibility of the Master to arrange for<br />

the accident report to be compiled, irrespective of who may technically employ the<br />

person(s) involved. This reporting process must be completed within 24 hours of the<br />

accident and, wherever possible, the report must be reviewed locally by the DPA.<br />

8.2 Method of Reporting<br />

To ensure consistency of information within the AMC, the proper reporting forms are to be<br />

used at all times to report incidents/accidents involving AMC personnel/operations. These<br />

forms are:<br />

AMC Hazard Report To be used when no injury or<br />

vessel damage is sustained, but<br />

AMC Incident Accident<br />

Report<br />

AMSA Incident Alert<br />

Form 18<br />

AMSA Incident Report<br />

Form 19<br />

8.3 Submission of Reports<br />

when an incident has occurred.<br />

For use in every event of<br />

personal injury, however and<br />

whenever sustained, except<br />

those classified as First Aid<br />

Cases.<br />

http://www.amc.edu.au/occupational-healthsafety<br />

& (select Hazard Report Form)<br />

http://www.amc.edu.au/occupational-healthsafety<br />

& (select Incident Form)<br />

4 hours http://www.amsa.gov.au/Forms/ship_ops.as<br />

p & (select Form 18)<br />

72 hours http://www.amsa.gov.au/Forms/ship_ops.as<br />

p & (select Form 19)<br />

All reports are to be submitted in the first instance to the DPA, who is to advise the AMC<br />

Risk Advisor of the facts.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 23 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

The AMC Risk Advisor is to send a copy of all reports to the Director NCPS and is to log<br />

the report in the appropriate register.<br />

8.4 Investigation and Review<br />

Investigations and Reviews are not primarily intended to apportion blame, but to make<br />

more generalised deductions which can lead to improved safety performance within AMC.<br />

The Vessel Master and Client/s Representative are to conduct an investigation as to the<br />

causes of all Incidents and record the information on the appropriate AMC form (see<br />

Appendix E). A copy of the AMC form must be supplied to AMC within 24 hours of the<br />

occurrence of the Incident and shall include recommendations to avoid a recurrence of the<br />

Incident.<br />

Depending on the seriousness of the incident, a formal investigation may be conducted by<br />

AMC, the Client/s and any other interested party.<br />

All accident and incident reports are to be reviewed by AMC Management.<br />

Where appropriate, AMC will review any accident, incident, or investigation report.<br />

8.5 Follow-Up Actions<br />

Reviews of accidents and incidents can be expected to recommend either changes to<br />

procedures or work instructions, improved control of processes, additional or re-directed<br />

training, etc.<br />

It is particularly important that those who provide reports describing near misses or<br />

dangerous occurrences are made aware that action to resolve the original problem has<br />

been considered at an appropriate level, and action has been taken where necessary.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 24 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

9.0 PERSONNEL<br />

9.1 Master’s Review<br />

The Master’s review will be conducted in December of each year, on completion the review will be<br />

sent to the DPA for evaluation and reply then forwarded to senior management within AMC.<br />

The Master’s review will contain the following information:<br />

• Deficiencies and recommendations of the Safety Management System.<br />

• Results of internal and external safety audits.<br />

• Accidents and incidents, operational risks and hazardous situations.<br />

• Reviews conducted on work instructions SOPs and JSAs.<br />

• Crewing and crew training.<br />

• Condition of the vessel and equipment.<br />

• Support of and communication with management.<br />

9.2 Selection/Competence<br />

Marine crew for the survey are provided by the vessel operator to meet the requirements<br />

of the <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> Safety Authority (AMSA) Marine Orders for vessel operations.<br />

All marine crew provided by the vessel operator to have Seagoing Qualifications in<br />

accordance with <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> Safety Authority (AMSA) Marine Orders Part 3.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 25 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

10.0 WEATHER MONITORING<br />

The work area is prone to Gales/Storms, the risk varying with the time of year. The high<br />

risk period is between May and September, so the weather situation will be continually<br />

monitored, so that appropriate action can be taken if required.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 26 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

11.0 PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT<br />

Personal protective equipment (PPE) shall be worn on the vessel as directed by the<br />

Vessel Master, will comply with the relevant <strong>Australian</strong> Standards.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 27 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

12.0 INSPECTIONS<br />

On completion of vessel mobilisation and prior to the vessel departing point of<br />

mobilisation, a ‘Walk-Around’ of the vessel is to be carried out by the Client/s<br />

Representative and Vessel Master. The ‘Walk-Around’ is to check that the installation of<br />

offshore equipment has not induced any unidentified safety hazard and that all equipment<br />

is secured for sea.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 28 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

13.0 VESSEL TO VESSEL TRANSFER<br />

The majority of vessel-to-vessel transfers will be between <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> and the workboat,<br />

should the requirement exist then the following is to be observed.<br />

Transfers between vessels are only to be carried out following careful assessment of the<br />

prevailing conditions at time of transfer by both Vessel Masters. BOTH Vessel Masters<br />

MUST agree that the transfer of personnel and equipment can be carried out in a safe<br />

manner before the transfers commence.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 29 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

14.0 MEDICAL FACILITIES<br />

The <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> has limited medical facilities onboard. The vessel’s medical locker is<br />

maintained to Scale 2B.<br />

The Vessel Master has overall responsibility for initial attendance or treatment of any<br />

illness, injury and medivac.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 30 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

15.0 WORK ON DECK<br />

Particular care is required when handling any overside equipment and the Vessel’s Master<br />

is to ensure that the correct and safe procedures are understood and implemented for all<br />

back deck work.<br />

Those working on the back deck during operations are reminded that:<br />

• Coveralls should be worn<br />

• Non-slip safety footwear is to be worn<br />

• Lifejackets are to be worn by anyone near any opening in the guard railing or<br />

bulwarks, or when outboard of either of these<br />

• Nobody should be on the back deck alone<br />

• Hard Hats to be worn when items are being lifted.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 31 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

16.0 LAUNCHING AND RECOVERY OF TOWED EQUIPMENT<br />

Injuries have occurred in the past when heavy loads are lifted off the deck prior to swinging<br />

over the side or stern. Steadying lines should always be used, even in calm weather, so<br />

as to minimise unwanted movement of the load.<br />

Launching<br />

Site survey equipment is launched in compliance with manufacturers’ operation manuals.<br />

Prior to deployment a visual inspection is made, and tests are performed of all systems.<br />

Before equipment is deployed the weather conditions are assessed for operating<br />

tolerances. The conditions are likely to be out of tolerance when the weather or sea state<br />

causes any of the following:<br />

(i) When vessel motion is such that there is a risk to personnel or equipment during<br />

potential launch or recovery operations.<br />

(ii) Line keeping by the vessel is out of specification.<br />

(iii) The recorded data is of a poor quality and thus no longer meets the specifications.<br />

Once the weather conditions are suitable for site survey operations, overside equipment is<br />

deployed in a pre-determined sequence to minimise entanglement, and the risk of injury to<br />

personnel. Apart from the seismic streamer that is deployed directly from the streamer<br />

winch, all sensor and source tow cables are deployed through blocks either suspended<br />

from the 'A' frame type gantry, or from davits provided for the purpose. All lifting points<br />

have been load tested. Only essential personnel are on the back deck at this time.<br />

Personnel working on deck should wear the specified clothing, e.g. overalls, correct safety<br />

boots with non-slip soles, good working gloves, if appropriate, flotation devices in the<br />

areas marked, and hard hats.<br />

Before any equipment is launched or recovered, the officer of the watch is informed. If in<br />

his opinion, or in his absence that of his nominated deputy, it is not safe due to weather<br />

conditions to launch or recover equipment, the action must not be allowed to take place.<br />

Immediately prior to deployment of any equipment, the bridge, engine room and duty<br />

personnel are informed through the intercom system or hand held radios.<br />

The speed of the vessel during launching will be kept as low as possible for the equipment<br />

being launched.<br />

Recovery<br />

Future expected weather conditions should be considered so that overside equipment may<br />

be recovered before deteriorating weather conditions get too bad to allow safe recovery.<br />

Site survey equipment is recovered in compliance with manufacturers’ operation manuals,<br />

in a pre-determined sequence to minimise entanglement, and the risk of injury to<br />

personnel. Only essential personnel are on the back deck at this time.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 32 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Immediately prior to retrieval of any equipment, the bridge, engine room and duty<br />

personnel are informed through the intercom system or hand held radios.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 33 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

17.0 JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS<br />

The purpose of Job Safety Analysis (JSA) is to:<br />

• Identify potential hazardous conditions and means of their control<br />

• Form the basis for the development of safe procedures<br />

• Assist in training employees in job procedures<br />

• Identify more efficient methods of performing work<br />

JSAs are prepared by:<br />

• Breaking the Job down into steps<br />

• Identifying the potential hazards associated with each step<br />

• Identifying hazard controls/safe work procedures<br />

Stages of a JSA should be:<br />

1. Identify the job to be analysed.<br />

2. Review any existing JSAs<br />

3. Break the job down into steps<br />

4. Identify the hazards and risks associated with each step and who or what might be<br />

harmed<br />

5. Assess the potential of each hazard<br />

6. Develop solutions to eliminate or control the potential hazards<br />

7. Consider the effect of CHANGE in all of the above stages<br />

8. Record the JSA<br />

9. Review the job on completion and update the JSA as necessary<br />

Prior to the commencement of all operations/deployments for the first time, and any<br />

changes to procedures, the JSAs are to be reviewed for suitability for the prevailing<br />

conditions.<br />

JSA meetings and subsequent review of JSAs are to be documented in Safety Meeting<br />

Minutes.<br />

JSAs are dynamic documents and will be updated as new equipment and/or prevailing<br />

conditions change.<br />

The JSAs contained at Appendix 6.1 are intended as a guide for formulating the project<br />

specific (on-site) JSAs.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 34 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

18.0 MANAGEMENT OF CHANGE<br />

Changes of personnel, equipment, processes and procedures have the potential for<br />

adverse effects on occupational health, safety and the environment (OHS&E) if not<br />

managed correctly.<br />

Effective Management of Change is pivotal to ensuring safe operations.<br />

The degree to which change procedures are likely to be subject of formal control will be a<br />

function of the extent of the change required and the risk associated with the operation.<br />

The following types of change require formal control mechanism:<br />

• Modification to company owned plant and equipment<br />

• Proposed changes in operating procedures that take equipment outside of design<br />

operating parameters<br />

• Significant change request in the course of offshore operations<br />

• Significant change to maintenance procedures<br />

• Significant change to organisation structures<br />

When a change of personnel, equipment, process and/or procedure has been identified,<br />

the OHS&E issues should be reviewed according to the nature of the change and potential<br />

consequences and risk assessments.<br />

In reviewing the change the following should be addressed:<br />

• Identification and documentation of the proposed change and its implementation.<br />

• Responsibility for reviewing and recording the potential OHS&E hazards from the<br />

change or its implementation.<br />

• An assessment of the effects of the proposed change and on inter-related or<br />

associated facilities or operations.<br />

• Planning for the implementation of that change, including adequate documentation of<br />

the change.<br />

• Any special precautions required to maintain safe operations during implementation<br />

of the change.<br />

• Documentation of the agreed change and implementation procedure, including:<br />

o Measures to identify OHS&E hazards and to assess and reduce risks and<br />

effects;<br />

o Communication and training requirements;<br />

o Time limits, if any;<br />

o Verification and monitoring requirements;<br />

o Acceptance criteria and action to be taken if breached;<br />

o Authority for approval to implement the proposed change.<br />

During the course of offshore operations, should a significant change be required, the<br />

Vessel’s Master is to discuss the change with the client's on-site representative, document<br />

and forward to AMC Risk Advisor and DPA for review/approval.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 35 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

19.0 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES<br />

Water<br />

Drinking water supplies, biological habitats and recreational usage depend on water<br />

quality; therefore, surface and groundwater should be safeguarded by careful practices in<br />

the field.<br />

Vegetation<br />

Accessing and operating within an area may require some temporary alteration to<br />

vegetation. This should be minimised because disturbance to vegetation may result in<br />

subsequent erosion and can raise aesthetic issues. Cutting down or driving over<br />

vegetation can also affect feeding and nesting of animal wildlife.<br />

Animal Wildlife<br />

Operators should be alert to the presence of animal wildlife in an area during geophysical<br />

activities, which may cause temporary relocation of animals. Care should be taken to avoid<br />

adversely affecting nesting, feeding and migration.<br />

Aquatic Life<br />

At times it may be necessary to adjust geophysical operations due to effects on aquatic life<br />

such as migratory and breeding areas and seasons. Local authorities, experts, and/or<br />

agencies should be contacted for information early in the planning process. Coral reefs<br />

require special avoidance plans, particularly with respect to energy sources, recording<br />

cables, and anchoring. Consider noise and boat speed effects on aquatic life.<br />

Erosion<br />

Erosion is a gradual, natural process caused by wind and water. Altering surface<br />

conditions can change the rate and pattern of the erosion process. Erosion control<br />

measures can reduce the effect of operations, particularly in areas with steep slopes, high<br />

winds, rapid water flow or freezing and thawing weather conditions.<br />

Air<br />

Emissions and noise are factors that can disturb wildlife and humans. Emissions include<br />

exhaust and odours from engines, camps and incinerators. Properly designed, maintained<br />

and operated equipment can reduce these effects.<br />

Waste<br />

Waste materials may include petroleum products and solvents, general camp wastes such<br />

as food, trash and sewage, and equipment wastes such as worn-out parts. While some<br />

wastes can be disposed of properly on site, some will require transportation to an<br />

authorised recycling or disposal facility.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 36 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Cultural and Subsistence<br />

Varying cultures will be encountered by geophysical crews. Local customs, traditions and<br />

religious beliefs should be considered while planning and conducting an operation.<br />

Communication with area residents can often minimise concerns.<br />

Commercial and Recreational Activities<br />

Existing commercial and recreational activities are generally compatible with geophysical<br />

operations. Communication with area users can improve co-ordination among parties,<br />

whether on land or water.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 37 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

20.0 OIL SPILL CONTINGENCY PLAN<br />

20.1 Introduction<br />

AMC is aware of the environmental damage that may occur from an oil spill and as such<br />

we will strive always to carry out our work in the manner best calculated to minimise the<br />

risk of oil spills.<br />

Australia has in place a national strategy to respond to marine oil spills, this is known as<br />

the National Plan to Combat Pollution of the Sea by Oil (National Plan). The purpose of<br />

the National Plan is to maintain a national integrated Government and industry<br />

organisational framework capable of effective response to oil pollution incidents in the<br />

marine environment.<br />

In addition to the National Plan, AMC has in place an Oil Spill Contingency Plan located in<br />

Chapter 2, Section 6.11.<br />

The National Plan is managed by the <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> Safety Authority (AMSA).<br />

20.2 National Plan Objectives<br />

The National Plan provides a national framework for responding promptly and effectively to<br />

marine oil pollution incidents by designating competent national and local authorities.<br />

20.3 Safety Priorities<br />

In the event of an oil spill from the vessel the following safety priorities will be followed:<br />

• Personnel safety<br />

• Prevention of fire<br />

• Eliminate the source of the spill<br />

• Protection of the environment.<br />

20.4 National Plan Divisions of Responsibility<br />

The lead agency/organisation responsible for providing a response to marine oil spills is:<br />

• At oil exploration rigs, platforms and pipelines.<br />

The relevant oil Company with assistance, as required from the National Plan State<br />

Committee or AMSA, depending on area of jurisdiction.<br />

• At oil terminals.<br />

The relevant oil Company under the industry Marine Oil Spills Action Plan (MOSAP)<br />

arrangements, unless the response is beyond the capability of its resources, in which<br />

case responsibility is transferred to the respective State/Territory through the National<br />

Plan State Committee, with assistance from AMSA as required. Ultimate<br />

responsibility for coastal waters and foreshore areas rests with the State/Territory<br />

and oil companies are required to enter into pre-designated response arrangements<br />

with that agency in each Sate/Territory.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 38 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

• In ports (other than oil terminals) and within the three-mile coastal waters limit.<br />

The responsible State/Territory authority through the National Plan State Committee,<br />

with assistance from AMSA as required.<br />

• Beyond the three-mile coastal waters limit.<br />

The Commonwealth through AMSA, except in those incidents when oil is likely to<br />

come ashore. In these circumstances, the State/Territory through the National Plan<br />

State Committee will be the lead authority for protecting the coastline while AMSA<br />

assumes responsibility for the ship operational matters, such as salvage.<br />

• In the REEFPLAN area of the Great Barrier Reef.<br />

The Queensland Government through the National Plan State Committee, with<br />

assistance of AMSA as required.<br />

20.5 National Plan Operations<br />

The National Plan operations are based on a three-tiered response arrangement as<br />

follows:<br />

• Tier 1<br />

Small local spills, less than 10 tonnes.<br />

Such incidents are usually associated with ship transfer or bunkering operations at a<br />

jetty, pier or mooring and around waterside storage tanks.<br />

• Tier 2<br />

Medium spills, local or at some distance from operational centres, 10 to 1000 tonnes.<br />

These incidents are typically associated with shipping incidents in ports or harbours,<br />

estuaries or coastal waters, but could be near-shore exploration and production<br />

operations.<br />

• Tier 3<br />

Large spills, greater than 1000 tonnes.<br />

This covers major incidents, normally involving oil tankers or other vessels having<br />

large amounts of bunker oil.<br />

20.6 Oil Spill Response<br />

In the event of an oil spill from the vessel, the response will be as per the vessel’s<br />

Shipboard Contingency Plan (Chapter 2) and SOPEP Manual.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 39 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

21.0 MARINE FAUNA<br />

It is recognised that seismic surveys have the potential to impact on marine life such as<br />

mammals, fish, turtles, corals and other invertebrates, plankton and birds. However,<br />

research on the effects of seismic surveys on marine fauna indicates that seismic firing<br />

affects only a few faunal groups and only for a limited duration. The susceptibility of biota<br />

to seismic surveys may vary throughout the life-cycle of the fauna, as a function of their<br />

distribution, anatomy and behaviour. For those fauna identified as being more susceptible,<br />

environmentally sound operational procedures are necessary to avoid or reduce the<br />

potential impacts.<br />

Seismic surveys in Australia are carried out using airguns, AMC do not operate any<br />

airguns during drilling rig geo-hazard site surveys.<br />

When required to determine sub-seabed information during drilling rig geohazard site<br />

surveys, AMC use a ‘Boomer Plate’ to produce the sound. ‘Boomer Plates’ used by AMC<br />

are electromechanical sound producing devices that consist of an electrical coil which is<br />

magnetically coupled to the plate (metallic disc) which is behind a rubber diaphragm.<br />

Energy contained in the surface electrical storage capacitors discharge into the coil,<br />

causing induced currents in the plate that result in an outward force. The rubber<br />

diaphragm forces the plate back slowly against the coil after each repulsion. The resultant<br />

acoustic pressure pulse is broad spectrum in nature.<br />

Environment Australia documents suggest that sound levels over 140db may significantly<br />

disturb whales that are present. Sound levels from ‘Boomer Plates’ used by AMC are<br />

typically around 45db.<br />

AMC will follow the whale sighting procedure contained overleaf at all times.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 40 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

No whales sighted<br />

Commence deploying<br />

over-the-side<br />

equipment<br />

Continued whale<br />

surveillance<br />

No whales sighted<br />

Continue survey<br />

operations and<br />

whale surveillance<br />

Completion of<br />

survey<br />

Visual check for whales<br />

Prior to commencement of survey operations<br />

After commencement of survey operations<br />

Whales do not<br />

include cow/calf pair<br />

Cease survey until<br />

whales beyond 1.5<br />

km<br />

Whales sighted<br />

Record whale<br />

sightings on log<br />

sheet<br />

Submit whale<br />

sighting log-sheets<br />

to EA<br />

Whales sighted<br />

Delay<br />

commencement of<br />

survey until whales<br />

are in excess of 3km<br />

Whales include<br />

cow/calf pair<br />

Cease survey until<br />

whales beyond 3 km<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 41 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

22.0 SHIPBOARD POLICIES<br />

Policy 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> - Standing Orders<br />

Policy 2: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> - Fatigue Management<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 42 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

EMERGENCIES<br />

SHIPBOARD POLICY NO. 1<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> STANDING ORDERS<br />

Comply exactly with the duties as written on the muster lists. These are exhibited on the<br />

bridge and in the upper, main and lower deck alley ways.<br />

SAFETY<br />

1 Always wear the correct working gear for the job at hand. This will include safety<br />

boots and a personal flotation device (PFD) during fishing operations. In addition,<br />

safety helmets must be worn when using the derrick or winches with suspended<br />

loads or running gear.<br />

2 During these operations, all personnel must keep to the designed safe working areas<br />

as shown on the deck plan in the <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Training Booklet.<br />

3 Trawl doors are to be kept closed at all times other than hauling or shooting gear.<br />

4 Doors to the foredeck are to remain closed at all times whilst the ship is at sea.<br />

5 In heavy weather, do not go onto the foredeck or aft of the main deck winches without<br />

the permission of the Officer of the watch.<br />

6 In an emergency, DO NOT RUN.<br />

7 DO NOT sit on the bulwarks or ship’s side rails.<br />

8 DO NOT stand in line with wires, ropes or chains under load or tension.<br />

9 NO SMOKING is allowed anywhere within the accommodation, engine room or<br />

bridge.<br />

10 Unless authorised by a crew member or college staff member, all other personnel are<br />

forbidden to make any adjustments to the bridge and engine room equipment<br />

controls, deck machinery or anything associated with life saving appliances. Seek<br />

permission first. If you find faulty equipment or damage something, report it<br />

immediately to a crew member for action, repair or replacement.<br />

PROHIBITED AREAS<br />

Access to the engine room is not permitted unless accompanied by a crew member. Safe<br />

clothing including earmuffs and safety boots must be worn. Long hair and loose jewellery<br />

must be property restrained. No wet weather gear is to be worn in the machinery space.<br />

The deck above the bridge (monkey island) is a radiation hazard and access is prohibited<br />

without permission of the Officer of the watch and the isolation of certain equipment. This<br />

also applies to the stern gantry and any working aloft exercise.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 43 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

WORK BOATS<br />

Only appropriately qualified and equipped personnel may operate the ship’s workboat(s)<br />

and only after permission is obtained from the Master or Officer of the watch.<br />

SWIMMING<br />

Recreational swimming is prohibited.<br />

A permit for diving or free diving associated with ship operation or maintenance must be<br />

obtained from the Master prior to appropriately qualified personnel carrying out their<br />

duties.<br />

ALCOHOL AND DRUGS<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> is a dry ship. No alcohol or illegal drugs are permitted on board. Alcohol is<br />

only permitted at the Master’s discretion i.e. when the ship is not operational and for<br />

guests only during an onboard function.<br />

MEDICAL AND ACCIDENTS<br />

Persons taking regular prescribed medicines or drugs must inform the Master prior to<br />

departure. Any injury sustained must be reported to a crew member and the Master for<br />

treatment and the filing of an Incident Report.<br />

MESS ROOM, GALLERY AND ACCOMMODATION<br />

Reasonable dress is expected within these areas. Dirty work clothes and wet weather<br />

gear is not acceptable.<br />

The condition and cleanliness of your cabin and local bathroom is your responsibility.<br />

Before leaving the ship at the end of the voyage, these cabins and bathrooms will be clean<br />

and tidy.<br />

Signed: _______________________<br />

Master, <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

Date: _______________________<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 44 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

SHIPBOARD POLICY NO. 2<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> FATIGUE MANAGEMENT<br />

The <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong> will provide a fatigue management framework designed to<br />

ensure that employees are fit for duty at all times. This framework will provide adequate<br />

opportunity for recovery sleep between shifts to ensure an employee’s performance is not<br />

impaired by fatigue; as per Workplace Health and Safety Act 1995; Workplace Health and<br />

Safety Regulations 1998; IMO Resolution A.772 (18) and AMSA Marine Orders Part 28.<br />

Scope<br />

This policy applies to the AMC Vessel <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> which undertakes seafaring training<br />

and contract Charters. With the objectives of the <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong> policies in<br />

mind, AMC will use appropriate risk assessment tools to measure, mitigate and monitor<br />

the risks associated with fatigue. In addition, mitigation strategies will be reviewed and<br />

audited to ensure compliance with OH&S requirements.<br />

Objectives<br />

The Fatigue Management Framework will be designed to provide:<br />

• Input from employee representatives and independent professionals<br />

• Appropriate management of:<br />

o Risks associated with shiftwork<br />

o Identification of psychosocial hazards<br />

o Both employer and employee responsibilities to ensure legal and OH&S<br />

compliance<br />

• Objective assessment of planned and actual rosters to identify and manage work<br />

related issues, using fatigue issues, using fatigue monitoring software and a risk<br />

management approach based on ISO 31000; Marine Orders Part 28<br />

• An auditable system to monitor planned actual rosters to ensure employee fatigue does<br />

not give rise to an unacceptable risk<br />

• Induction, training and education designed to assist managers, employees and their<br />

families, in addressing shiftwork and fatigue related issues<br />

• In relation to Marine Orders Part 28 Operations Standards and Procedures 6.2.3<br />

states, “the requirements of 6.2.1 and 6.2.2 need not be maintained in the case of an<br />

emergency or drill or in any other overriding operational conditions”.<br />

Definitions<br />

IMO Means the International <strong>Maritime</strong> Organisation<br />

AMSA Means the <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> Safety Authority established by the<br />

<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> Safety Act 1990<br />

Fatigue Is generally described as a state of feeling tired, weary or sleepy, that<br />

results from prolonged mental or physical work, extended periods of<br />

anxiety, exposure to harsh environments, or loss of sleep. The result of<br />

fatigue is impaired performances and diminished alertness, as stated in the<br />

IMO Guidelines on Fatigue 2002.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 45 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Responsibilities<br />

Both the AMC and its employees have a shared responsibility to avoid fatigue related<br />

performance impairment:<br />

• AMC will ensure that, in the context of the performance required, employee rosters<br />

allow adequate breaks for recovery between shifts<br />

• Individuals have a duty of care to ensure adequate sleep is obtained between shifts<br />

and out of hours activities do not cause fatigue or impair performance<br />

• At no time should an employee put themselves or others at risk.<br />

Duties/Operations<br />

Hours of work and rest must be recorded by all members of the crew and monitored by the<br />

Master using (Appendix 4.6 Hours of Work and Rest Log Sheet). These forms must be<br />

available for inspection for a period of no less than 12 months from the date the<br />

watchkeeping duties took place.<br />

At the end of the Charter mobilisation and pre-voyage preparation stage is at the Master’s<br />

discretion whether it is appropriate for crew to spend an amount of time preparing and then<br />

departing the wharf after mobilising. If it is the Master’s opinion that persons are or may<br />

be fatigued it may be that the actual sailing time will not be until the following day.<br />

Hours of work and rest for crew may vary during a 24 hour period.<br />

Training in this policy and use of the Fatigue Management Hours of Work and Rest sheet<br />

will be provided by the Master or his nominee.<br />

Chapter 1: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Safety Management Plan Page 46 of 46<br />

Revised: November 2010


CHAPTER 2<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLAN<br />

<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Locked 1400<br />

Launceston, Tasmania 7250<br />

Tel: + 61 (0) 3 6324 9640 Fax: + 61 (0) 3 6324 9720


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Shipboard Contingency Plans<br />

0.0 Index<br />

Section Title<br />

Rev<br />

1 Index<br />

1 1.0 Purpose<br />

1 2.0 Emergency Procedures<br />

1 3.0 Reporting<br />

1 4.0 Drills<br />

1 5.0 Flow Chart<br />

1 6.0 Identified Contingencies<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 1 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

AMENDMENTS<br />

Revision Section Title Date<br />

0 All Original Issue (AMC)<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 2 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

1.0 PURPOSE<br />

1.1 To provide guidance and advice to enable the Master and ship's company to deal<br />

with accidents or emergency situations.<br />

1.2 It is not possible to cover every eventuality. This document is intended to provide a<br />

framework on which the Master can build to cope with the situation at hand.<br />

1.3 Where an oil pollution incident has occurred, reference should be made to the<br />

Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP) Manual (Appendix 8.4).<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 3 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

2.0 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES<br />

2.1 If a ship is involved in an accident or emergency situation whereby the safety of life,<br />

the ship, cargo or the marine environment is threatened, the Master has the<br />

responsibility to take whatever action he sees fit to minimise the risks and to save<br />

life.<br />

2.2 In deciding if assistance is required, the Master should always assume that the<br />

conditions will worsen and take whatever action is necessary as soon as possible.<br />

2.3 Masters must summon assistance in good time in the event that the ship is in<br />

danger. The <strong>Australian</strong> Search and Rescue authorities and other ships can be<br />

alerted using the "safety" or "urgency" signal depending upon the seriousness of the<br />

situation.<br />

2.4 If immediate tug assistance is required, the Master has the right to make his own<br />

terms with whoever is able to assist him. This will usually be agreement to a Lloyd's<br />

Open Form Contract (LOF 90). There is no need to sign anything initially but merely<br />

to make a verbal agreement. The fact that an agreement has been made and with<br />

whom should be recorded in the Deck Log Book and in the Official Log Book.<br />

AMC should be informed at the first available opportunity.<br />

2.5 If tug assistance is required when the ship is in no immediate danger, the Master<br />

should contact AMC. AMC will endeavour to arrange a tow on the best terms<br />

available. The Master must keep the situation under review and if it deteriorates he<br />

must take any action necessary to maintain the safety of life and of the ship.<br />

2.6 Whatever the emergency, AMC should be informed as soon as is practicable. It is<br />

generally in the best interests of AMC and the Master if the first report of any<br />

accident or incident comes to AMC directly from the Master and not from a third<br />

party. This however, does not detract from the Masters complete authority and duty<br />

to take whatever steps he thinks necessary to ensure safety and the prevention of<br />

pollution.<br />

2.7 Masters should be guided at all times by their primary responsibilities which are for<br />

the safety of those entrusted to their care, the safety of the ship and the protection<br />

of the marine environment. All other considerations are secondary to these.<br />

2.8 In a salvage situation, the Master remains in command even when salvors are<br />

appointed. While the Master and his crew should make all efforts to assist and co–<br />

operate with the salvors the Master may override their advice if he has good cause.<br />

A detailed record of any salvage services received should be kept.<br />

2.9 In any casualty situation it is probable that the ship will be contacted in one way or<br />

other by radio, television or press representatives to answer questions or make<br />

statements. Masters, Officers and crew are to refer all such questions and<br />

requests for statements to AMC.<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 4 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

3.0 REPORTING<br />

3.1 If a ship is involved in an accident or emergency situation the Master must report<br />

the matter to the <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> Safety Authority, Harbour Authority or other<br />

relevant local authority and to AMC as soon as possible. In order to save valuable<br />

time and to transmit the maximum information. A standard form of initial report<br />

which follows the IMO Guidelines should be made as follows:<br />

• Name of ship<br />

• Ships position (lat/long, brg, port/berth)<br />

• Ports to and from<br />

• Nature of casualty (collision, grounding, fire, oilspill, etc)<br />

• Nature and extent of damage<br />

• Name of charterer or agent with any contact names and after hours or<br />

emergency phone numbers<br />

• Name, nationality, type and situation of any other ship involved<br />

• Any casualties or fatalities<br />

• Nature of any services required (towage, helicopter, lifeboat, medical, fire, etc)<br />

• Services already summoned<br />

• National, local or any other authorities or agencies already informed<br />

• State of weather and sea, present and forecast<br />

• Other relevant comments<br />

• Date and time of report.<br />

In the event of a spillage bunkers the following items should be added:<br />

• Type of fuel – and which tank(s)<br />

• Cause of incident, if known eg. overflow, burst hose, hull damage, etc<br />

• Estimate of quantity spilled<br />

• Estimated current rate of spillage<br />

• Whether clean up has been attempted by ship or a third party.<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 5 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

4.0 DRILLS<br />

4.1 Regular fire-fighting and life-saving appliance drills must be carried out in<br />

accordance with the requirements of Merchant Shipping Notice. The events at such<br />

exercises must be recorded in the Official Deck Log Book and Maintenance Log<br />

Book.<br />

4.2 The Master shall ensure that drills are carried out for the identified emergencies.<br />

The purpose of these drills is to:<br />

a Improve awareness of the potential hazards facing personnel and the ships<br />

b Increase the standard and speed of response to identified potential emergency<br />

situations.<br />

4.3 The following drills and exercises can be carried out on the vessel or at another<br />

suitable location i.e. AMC Fire Training Centre. The drills listed below should be<br />

completed in 12 months as per Appendix 4.10.<br />

• Fire in Accommodation<br />

• Abandon Ship<br />

• Grounding<br />

• Man Overboard<br />

• Collision<br />

• Personal Injury/Illness<br />

• Oil Pollution<br />

• Power Failure<br />

• Steering Gear Failure<br />

• Fire in Cargo<br />

• Fire in Engine Room<br />

• Escape from Enclosed Spaces<br />

• Piracy Attacks.<br />

4.4 Plans for all identified potential emergencies shall be held in each Shipboard<br />

Contingency Plan Manual.<br />

Each Plan includes, as a minimum:<br />

• The allocation of duties and responsibilities on board<br />

• Actions to be taken to regain control of a situation<br />

• Communication methods to be used on board and between ship and shore<br />

• Procedures for requesting assistance from third parties, if required<br />

• Procedures for notifying AMC and relevant authorities<br />

• Checklists to aid in monitoring and reporting.<br />

4.5 All completed drills shall be recorded by entries in the AMSA Official Log Book and<br />

included in the AMC Record of Crew Training Drills (Appendix 4.10). This record<br />

shall include personnel involved, equipment used and details of any problems<br />

encountered, and shall be signed by the Master.<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 6 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

4.6 The effectiveness of these drills shall be formally reviewed at the on board safety<br />

meetings. Any suggested improvements arising from these reviews shall be<br />

transmitted to AMC for approval as soon as is practicable, and in any event from<br />

the next port.<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 7 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

5.0 FLOW CHART<br />

In the event of:<br />

At Sea<br />

Master to Notify<br />

• Nearest port state<br />

• Designated Person<br />

Ashore<br />

• Agent of nearest Port<br />

Accident or<br />

Emergency Situation<br />

Communications<br />

• Sat Telex - Phone<br />

• Radio Telex - Phone<br />

• VHF<br />

• Telephone & Fax<br />

Take Action<br />

• Follow up reports<br />

Complete the following<br />

• Ship’s log - Official Log<br />

• Damage report if applicable<br />

• Safety Officer’s Report<br />

In Port<br />

Master to Notify<br />

• Harbour Authority<br />

• Terminal Authority<br />

• Designated Person<br />

Ashore<br />

• Local Agent<br />

• Fire Brigade<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 8 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

6.0 IDENTIFIED POTENTIAL ACCIDENTS AND EMERGENCY<br />

SITUATIONS ARE:<br />

6.1 Critical Plant failures (1 Main Engine, 2 Power Failure and 3 Steering gear)<br />

6.2 Collision (1 at sea and 2 inner waterways)<br />

6.3 Grounding<br />

6.4 Fire<br />

6.5 Abandon Ship<br />

6.6 Man overboard (1 immediate discovery and 2 unknown time)<br />

6.7 Personnel injury or illness<br />

6.8 Cargo shifting<br />

6.9 Piracy<br />

6.10 Salvage of own ship<br />

6.11 Oil Pollution<br />

6.12 Flooding<br />

6.13 Responsibilities<br />

6.14 Weather Monitoring<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 9 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

The following contingency plans detail the action to be taken during each identified<br />

accident or emergency situation:<br />

6.1 Critical Plant Failure<br />

6.1.1 Main Engine Failure<br />

Immediate Actions<br />

Bridge<br />

a Call Master<br />

b Exhibit not under command signals<br />

c If in danger of grounding, consider:<br />

• Anchoring<br />

• Towage<br />

d Inform AMSA/SAR as appropriate and shipping in the vicinity<br />

e Inform AMC.<br />

Engine Room<br />

a Call Chief Engineer<br />

b If blacked out – restore electrical power<br />

c Check main engine starting interlocks not activated<br />

d Locate fault<br />

e Check main engine systems operational<br />

f Restart main engine<br />

g Proceed on passage.<br />

6.1.2 Power Failure<br />

Immediate Actions<br />

Bridge<br />

a Call Master<br />

b Exhibit "Not Under Command" signals<br />

c If in danger of grounding, consider:<br />

• Anchoring<br />

• Towage<br />

d Inform AMSA/SAR as appropriate and shipping in the vicinity<br />

e Inform AMC.<br />

Engine Room<br />

a Locate fault<br />

b Check prime mover is running<br />

c Check reverse power/preference trips rest<br />

d Standby pumps to manual mode<br />

e Restore switchboard power<br />

f Restart all required pumps and auxiliary machinery<br />

g Check appropriate ships side valves open<br />

h Restart ventilation fans<br />

i Restart main engine systems<br />

j Prepare for sea going condition (i.e. all systems operational)<br />

k Restart main engine<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 10 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

l Standby pumps to automatic mode<br />

m Check sewage system<br />

n Inform Bridge that power restored.<br />

6.1.3 Steering Gear Failure<br />

Immediate Actions<br />

Bridge<br />

a Call Master<br />

b Exhibit "Not Under Command" signals<br />

c Main Engine to be stopped<br />

d If in danger of grounding consider:<br />

• Emergency Steering<br />

• Anchoring<br />

• Towage<br />

e Inform AMSA/SAR as appropriate and shipping in the vicinity<br />

f Inform AMC.<br />

Engine Room<br />

a Call Chief Engineer<br />

b Locate fault<br />

c Check Electrical Supply<br />

d Check oil levels<br />

e Change over to emergency steering (if required)<br />

f Test steering gear/bridge talkback system<br />

g Proceed on passage.<br />

6.2 Collision<br />

6.2.1 Collision at Sea<br />

Immediate Actions<br />

a Call the Master<br />

b Check for personal injuries, damage to ship and cargo. Check for possible<br />

leakages, take soundings of tanks and bilges.<br />

c Crew ‘stand-by’<br />

d Prepare life-rafts and life-saving equipment<br />

e Keep the radio station or ‘stand-by’ – with current and updated position available<br />

f Show applicable signal from the International Code of Signals. (VHF could also<br />

be used to indicate distress)<br />

g Fix time for and position of the collision<br />

Then:<br />

h Take necessary actions to minimise further damages to personnel, environment<br />

and ships. (SOPEP Manual to be used in case of oil spill)<br />

i Contact the other ship:<br />

• State your ship's name, call sign, port of registry<br />

• Nationality, owners name and your destination<br />

• Request the same information from the other ship<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 11 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

• If interlocked – agree with the other ship whether you should separate the<br />

ships or not, considering the risk (for any of the two ships) of, oil spill,<br />

sparks, ignition of fire, fire spread between the ships, sinking and<br />

manoeuverability<br />

• Maintain contact on VHF as long as needed<br />

j Report to AMC by the fastest and most efficient way. Keep them continuously<br />

informed<br />

k Enter continuously any actions taken in ship's log book.<br />

6.2.2 Collision in Inner Waterways (Pilotage Waters) and within Port Areas<br />

Immediate Actions<br />

a Call the Master<br />

b Check for personal injuries, damage to ship and cargo. Check for possible<br />

leakages, take soundings of tanks and bilges. (SALVAGE OF OWN SHIP PLAN<br />

to be used in case of salvage)<br />

c Crew ‘stand-by’<br />

d Prepare life-boats and life-saving equipment<br />

e Keep the radio station ‘stand-by’ – with current and updated position available<br />

f Show applicable signal from the International code of signals.(VHF could also be<br />

used to indicate distress)<br />

g Fix time for and position of the collision<br />

Then:<br />

h Take necessary actions to minimise further damages to personnel, environment<br />

and ships. (SOPEP Manual to be used in case of oil spill)<br />

i Contact the other ship or the Owner of the object damaged or any other<br />

responsible party (for example Captain of the Port or Lock–master):<br />

• State your ship's name, call sign, port of registry, nationality, Owner's name<br />

and your destination<br />

• Request the same information from the other ship<br />

• Offer your help and assistance to the other ship<br />

• Consider danger to other traffic<br />

• Maintain contact on VHF as long as needed<br />

j Report to AMC by the fastest and most efficient way. Keep them continuously<br />

informed. Report on VHF to Port Authorities<br />

k Enter continuously any actions taken in the ship's log book.<br />

6.3 Grounding<br />

Immediate Actions<br />

a Call the Master<br />

b Check for personal injuries, damages to ship and cargo. Check for possible<br />

leakages, take soundings of tanks and bilges. (SALVAGE OF OWN SHIP PLAN<br />

to be used in case of salvage)<br />

c Crew ‘stand-by’<br />

d Prepare life-boats and life-saving equipment<br />

e Keep the radio station ‘stand-by’ - with current and updated position available<br />

f Show applicable signal from the International Code of Signals Manual. (VHF<br />

could also be used to indicate distress)<br />

g Lay down the exact position on the sea chart indicating the heading. Fix time<br />

h Take soundings around the ship. Sketch the ship with draft before and after the<br />

grounding indicating soundings taken as well as the bottom texture. Record the<br />

time soundings taken<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 12 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

i Check tide table for HW and LW times and range<br />

j Check weather forecast, wind and current, direction and force<br />

k Consider the risk of heavy waves, strong current or flood, and if filling of empty<br />

tanks is needed in order to prevent the ship from drifting higher up or off the<br />

grounding spot<br />

l Judge whether refloat attempts should be made or not based on above<br />

information and trim–and–stability calculations as well as possible damages to<br />

propeller and rudder, which may cause manoeuvring problems once refloated.<br />

Consider the increased risk of oil spill<br />

m Do not underestimate the risk of oil spill. Therefore, always make preparations<br />

for oil pollution preventions. (Ref: SOPEP Manual). Some state authorities might<br />

require clean-up contractors on stand-by before any refloat attempts are allowed<br />

n It could be wise to wait with the refloat attempt until the ships position on the<br />

grounding spot, possible damages to the propeller, rudder. main engine,<br />

steering gear and/or lubricating oil tanks are thoroughly examined, as well as the<br />

arrival of the Clean-Up Contractors<br />

o Take necessary actions to minimise further damages to personnel, environment<br />

and ships. (SOPEP Manual to be used in case of oil spill).<br />

Then:<br />

p Report to AMC by the fastest and most efficient way. Keep them continuously<br />

informed<br />

q Enter continuously any actions taken in ship's log book.<br />

6.4 Fire on board<br />

Immediate Actions<br />

a Call the Master and sound the Muster alarm<br />

b Shut off fans, dampers, skylights, fire doors, other openings, stairways, ramps<br />

etc<br />

c Locate the fire<br />

d Crew ‘stand-by’ – prepare for fire fighting<br />

e In port – call the fire brigade<br />

f Prepare life-rafts and life-saving equipment<br />

g Keep the radio station a ‘stand-by’ - with current and updated position available<br />

h Show applicable signal from the International Code of Signals. (VHF could also<br />

be used to indicate distress)<br />

i Check that nobody is missing and trapped (verify at muster stations)<br />

j Fix time and position.<br />

Then:<br />

k Seal off (gas-tight) the affected area<br />

l Search the affected area<br />

m Decide on the best way to fight the fire based on: all available information and<br />

knowledge of contents of the affected area and its surrounding’ information on<br />

hazardous and dangerous goods onboard<br />

n Fight the fire (together with the fire brigade if required). Pay attention to:<br />

• risks for explosion and spread of fire – onboard and ashore<br />

• loss of stability when using water<br />

• water shall not be used on electrical equipment<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 13 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

• Halon fixed fire fighting system to be used if required, keeping in mind the<br />

procedures for using Halon. Keep the area shut off. (Order replacement of<br />

Halon for next port of call)<br />

• towage/salvage could be needed. (Plan Salvage of own ship to be used).<br />

o Report to AMC by the fastest and most efficient way. Keep them continuously<br />

informed<br />

p Continuously watch and measure the temperature in the affected area and its<br />

surroundings.<br />

6.5 Abandon ship<br />

Immediate Actions<br />

Bridge<br />

a The Master will give the verbal order to abandon.<br />

b Fix ship's position<br />

c Sound "Mayday" signal with position<br />

d Main engine stopped and propeller secured<br />

e Overboard discharges stopped especially IWO craft launch areas.<br />

f Extra blankets, water, food etc. to craft (if time permits)<br />

g Check all hands at muster stations with lifejackets and thermal suits if applicable<br />

h Run out painters from boats if applicable<br />

i Deploy life rafts.<br />

Then:<br />

j Some ship's have been reboarded after abandonment during fire etc. To aid<br />

survivability of the ship some additional items are recommended (where time<br />

permits):<br />

• Shut all watertight doors<br />

• Close all fuel at closing valves in Engine Room.<br />

6.6 Man overboard<br />

6.6.1 Man Overboard – Immediate Discovery<br />

Immediate Actions<br />

a When the officer of the watch is notified that someone has fallen overboard he<br />

shall:<br />

• Drop one or both light and smoke buoys located on the bridge wings<br />

• Sound the Muster signal<br />

• Call the Master<br />

• Notify the engine room<br />

b Bring the ship back to the scene of the accident with a suitable manoeuvre, for<br />

example ’Williamson turn’. reduce the speed<br />

c Stop when back at the scene of the accident. Launch work boat if nessesery and<br />

safe to do so.<br />

d Fix time and position<br />

e Notify ships in surrounding waters, coast radio stations and Search and Rescue<br />

Centres<br />

f Enter continuously any actions taken in ships logbook<br />

g If the person is found injured, decide if the injuries can be treated onboard or if<br />

medical assistance should be requested<br />

h If the person is found without injuries – resume the voyage.<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 14 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Then:<br />

i If the missing person cannot be found immediately, a search operation should<br />

be organised in accordance with IAMSAR Search and Rescue Manual<br />

j If the missing person is not found or is found dead or seriously injured, inform<br />

AMSA form 18 and form 19 and complete an AMC Accident Report<br />

6.6.2 Man Overboard – Unknown Point of Time<br />

At Time of Discovery<br />

a When the officer of the watch finds out that someone is missing and may have<br />

fallen overboard he shall:<br />

• Call the Master<br />

• Keep the radio station ‘stand-by’<br />

• Sound the muster signal.<br />

b Organise a search of the entire ship to make sure that the missing person is<br />

not onboard<br />

c Following facts can, among other things, be of importance:<br />

• Observations about the missing person; when and where last seen.<br />

Condition and other relevant information (family and personality etc). water<br />

temperature<br />

• The course at time of accident<br />

• Wind and current, direction and force<br />

• Speed before and at time of accident – according to log reading<br />

• Bearings and distances to other ships with time stated.<br />

d Enter continuously any actions taken in ship's logbook<br />

e Notify ship's in surrounding waters, coast radio station and "SAR" Centres<br />

f Decide whether to turn or not:<br />

• The Master is solely responsible to decide whether the ship should turn or<br />

not. Even if a long time has passed, since the missing person has fallen<br />

overboard, the slightest possibility that the missing person is still alive is<br />

reason enough to turn and search.<br />

When Turning<br />

g Notify the engine room. Fix and synchronise time onboard. Transfer position to a<br />

clean chart and keep tracks continuously<br />

h Notify AMSA & AMC at earliest opportunity.<br />

6.7 Personnel injury and illness<br />

Immediate Actions<br />

a Call the Master<br />

The Master will make a full aprasil of the situation and disignate personell to attend<br />

the casualty:<br />

b Where there is no threat to his own life, the person initially at the scene to<br />

administer ‘First Aid’: DRABC<br />

• Airway kept clear<br />

• Breathing and heart beat ensured (otherwise CPR required)<br />

• Bleeding controlled (casualty not to be moved unless imperative)<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 15 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

c In the situation where there could be a threat to a rescuer's life (eg. casualty in a<br />

gas or oxygen deficient atmosphere in a confined space), then the resources of<br />

the normal on–board emergency team must be called for with safety equipment<br />

such as Compressed Air Breathing Apparatus etc<br />

d Portable radio communication means to be set up between on Site Operations<br />

and Master<br />

e Method for transporting casualty to a safe erea to be formulated and additional<br />

equipment and personnel called in the case that a vertical or near vertical<br />

lift/hoist will be required<br />

f AMC communication and relevant International Radio Station manuals to be<br />

consulted in order to plan for a possible "medivac", with notification to relevant<br />

external parties<br />

g If a "medivac" is envisaged, preparations to be made to either:<br />

• Receive a launch from shore or other ship alongside (fenders, stretcher<br />

transfer means, position rendezvous etc)<br />

• Receive a helicopter (consult ICS Guide to Helicopter/Ship Operations for<br />

safety requirements dependent upon whether helicopter will land on deck or<br />

winching only possible)<br />

• Transfer casualty using own rescue or survival craft, to nearby ship with<br />

better medical facilities<br />

h Record to be kept of events in the case that an accident report will be requred to<br />

be completed AMSA form 18 and Form 19 including a AMC incedent report.<br />

6.8 Cargo shifting/Equipment shifting<br />

Immediate Actions<br />

a Sound General Alarm and call Master<br />

b If the shift of cargo is suspected due to ship rolling or pitching, then the OOW<br />

should immediately alter course in order to reduce the effects<br />

c Crew to ‘stand-by’. Survival craft to be prepared by a designated boat<br />

preparation party<br />

d Main Engine to manoeuvring RPM. Depending upon situation, may be<br />

necessary to reduce speed to the minimum to retain steerage way. The<br />

appropriate navigation signals would need to be given if any future manoeuvring<br />

would be restricted<br />

e If night time, the OOW to switch on deck floodlights<br />

f Chief Officer and other chosen members of crew to investigate the cargo shift<br />

and report to Master:<br />

• What has shifted<br />

• Reasons, if known, for shift<br />

• Damage sustained (if any)<br />

• Likelihood of further shift and/or damage<br />

• Proposed actions<br />

g Chief Engineer to ensure that all possible required deck services are made<br />

available (e.g. ballast pumps, deck hydraulics etc)<br />

h If the Master considers that there is any risk to the ship or if any cargo has been<br />

lost overside, then notification is to be made to the relevant shore authorities.<br />

i In all cases, AMC must be informed of the situation, with regular updates<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 16 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Then:<br />

j Where applicable and where there is no risk to life, the Chief Officer in<br />

consultation with the Master shall make arrangements to secure the shifted<br />

cargo<br />

k Based on estimations of the weight shifted, stability calculations should be made<br />

to assess whether ballast can be safely utilised to correct any resultant list to<br />

prevent further shift<br />

l For shifted deck cargo, consideration may have to be given to jettisoning it if the<br />

safety of life or the safety of the ship is in imminent danger. Notification of any<br />

jettisoning along with a position report would have to be given to the relevant<br />

shore authorities<br />

m Only when the Master is satisfied that it is safe to do so should the ship ‘resume<br />

passage’. AMC, in consultation with the Master, will give consideration to<br />

diverting the ship to a nearer port if it is necessary to discharge cargo for<br />

reasons of safety<br />

n Any earlier prepared survival craft should now be restowed.<br />

6.9 Act of piracy<br />

Discovery of Suspicious Craft<br />

a Call the Master<br />

b Sound the alarm signal "Ship under attack"<br />

c Crew ‘stand-by’. Prepare to defend the ship by barricading all access routes to<br />

the ship<br />

d Keep the radio station on ‘stand-by’ – with current and updated position<br />

available<br />

e Establish VHF communication with signal stations, coast radio stations and<br />

other ships in surrounding waters<br />

f Request assistance from local Port Authority, Police, Coast Guard and Navy<br />

g If possible, speed up and carry out evasive manoeuvres<br />

h Water on deck – make fire hoses ready in order to prevent pirates from boarding<br />

i Fire a parachute flare in the direction of the attacking craft<br />

j Use the search lights to illuminate and possibly blind the attacking craft<br />

k Switch on the hull lights and outside accommodation lights<br />

l Fix time for and position of the attack.<br />

During the actual attack:<br />

m Avoid violence<br />

n Try to ward off pirates, or delay entry by fire hosing, barricading or similar<br />

actions<br />

o Barricade the whole crew on the bridge and/or in the engine room. Try to bring<br />

portable VHFs<br />

p Establish communication between the bridge and the engine room<br />

q Remain barricaded until the danger is over. Notify AMC about the attack as soon<br />

as possible.<br />

6.10 Salvage of own ship<br />

It is always the Master who finally decides if salvage is needed or not. For<br />

normal assistance a fixed price shall always be negotiated and agreed prior to<br />

commencement.<br />

Note: by connecting a rope, salvage is accepted.<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 17 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Immediate Actions<br />

a Fix time and position<br />

b Keep the radio station ‘stand-by’ – with current and updated position available<br />

c Enter continuously any actions taken in ship's log book. If possible take<br />

photographs (or film/videotape)<br />

d If time permits always consult AMC before ordering salvage assistance<br />

• If immediate danger is at hand for ship and/or cargo – the Master should<br />

order salvage and accept offered help. AMSA & AMC should be notified as<br />

soon as possible<br />

• Do not let negotiations cause unnecessary delay. Agreement of Salvage<br />

should be made on enclosed Lloyd's Open Form ‘No Cure, No Pay’.<br />

e Salvage can be ordered through: salvage companies, coast radio stations, coast<br />

guards, life boat services, customs, towing companies, local Agents etc<br />

f Prepare the salvage operation in co–operation with the Salvor. The Master<br />

should assist the Salvor for best possible outcome<br />

g Should the situation so demand: do not forget to use other suitable plans.<br />

6.11 Oil pollution<br />

Immediate Actions<br />

a Call the Master<br />

b Stop all bunkering and ballasting operations. Be aware of the inflammable gases<br />

and the risk of fire<br />

c Alert the Oil Pollution Prevention Team<br />

d Identify the source of the oil spill and establish the cause thereof. Should the<br />

situation so demand – use other suitable checklist<br />

i) Make necessary notifications immediately as per the lists and special form<br />

(Oil Pollution Report) in the "SOPEP" i.e:<br />

• AMSA & the National Response Center<br />

• Local Coast Guard/Port Authority<br />

• Local Agent<br />

• AMC<br />

• Clean-up contractors (in case not able to get in contact with local Agent)<br />

ii) Act as the On-Scene Co-ordinator (OSC) until AMC appointed OSC arrives<br />

at the scene.<br />

e Oil Pollution Prevention Team<br />

i) Take immediate steps to control the spill, try to prevent the oil from escaping<br />

overboard;<br />

• Shut all valves<br />

• Inspect and seal off outflows<br />

• Change oil levels in tanks<br />

• Transfer oil to empty tanks:(to barge, to shore, to void spaces).<br />

• Seal off tanks hermetically<br />

ii) Clean up the oil on deck by using absorbents. Degreasing agents and<br />

solvents could be used but only with great care. Spilled oil must never be<br />

washed overboard nor shall degreasing agents or solvents be used on oil<br />

spilt in the water.<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 18 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Then:<br />

f Co-operate with clean-up contractors and/or local authorities to minimise further<br />

damage to the environment<br />

g Enter continuously any actions taken in ship's log book<br />

h Continuously report to AMC by the fastest and most efficient way.<br />

6.12 Flooding<br />

Immediate Actions<br />

a Sound appropriate emergency stations signal and call Master<br />

b Crew to ‘stand-by’<br />

c Main Engine(s) to Stand-By, ships speed reduced to manoeuvring revs<br />

d Manoeuver ship as required to:<br />

• Safeguard personnel<br />

• Reduce effect of flooding (if cause known)<br />

e Nominated personnel under direction of Chief Officer (Deck) and Chief<br />

Engineer (Machinery Space) to take soundings of tanks and spaces to establish:<br />

• Extent of flooding<br />

• Approximate rate of water ingress<br />

f As a precaution, prepare survival craft and other life saving appliances<br />

(EPIRBS's etc). In this case, ship to be stopped in water<br />

g Inform AMSA & AMC.<br />

h From soundings data obtained:<br />

• Calculate present effects of flooding on stability and stress<br />

• Calculate effect on stability and stress for any anticipated corrective actions<br />

to be taken against the flooding e.g. to correct any resultant list etc<br />

• Calculate whether ship has pumping means and capacity to discharge or<br />

stem flood water ingress. If the answer to this is no, then what is the<br />

probable final effect of the flooding with regards to stability<br />

i Where possible, pump out flooded spaces using ships fixed pumping system .<br />

Otherwise use portable equipment such as eductors<br />

j Where the possibility exists, make preparation for oil pollution prevention (Ref<br />

SOPEP Manual)<br />

k Use on-board materials where possible to stem flow of water (dunnage,<br />

mattresses etc)<br />

l Damage controll timbers are located in the bousuns store<br />

6.13 Responsibilities<br />

6.13.1 The Master shall take total control of the ship during all shipboard accidents and<br />

emergency situations.<br />

6.13.2 The Chief Engineer will take control of all machinery spaces during accidents or<br />

shipboard emergencies.<br />

6.13.3 The Chief Officer will take control of all deck operations, eg. fire party, clearing<br />

away life saving equipment and lifeboats, anchoring, tow lines etc., during accidents<br />

or shipboard emergencies.<br />

6.13.4 The Second Officer will assist the Master on the bridge or as otherwise ordered<br />

during accidents or shipboard emergencies.<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 19 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

6.13.5 The Second Engineer will assist the Chief Engineer or as otherwise directed<br />

during accidents or shipboard emergencies including taking soundings of tanks,<br />

bilges etc.<br />

6.14 Weather Monitoring<br />

Weather conditions will be constantly monitored By the Master and Ships officers,<br />

using all available means to give substantial warning of severe weather conditions<br />

that may have an effect on OH&S, Vessel Safety and Survey operations.<br />

The bridge team will provide updated weather information and inform the Party<br />

Chief and Client representative of expected weather conditions.<br />

Wind direction during the month of July tends to be predominantly from a westerly<br />

direction.<br />

Wilsons Promontory and Gabo Island provide good anchorages during extreme<br />

westerly weather events. AUS pilot vol 2.<br />

West Tuna production well to Sealers cove 105 NM = 12 hrs steaming.<br />

West Tuna production well to Gabo Island 85 NM = 10.5 hrs steaming.<br />

6.14.1 Safe Anchorages<br />

Sealers Cove: Weather direction SW or Westerly Conditions.<br />

Gabo Island: Weather direction Westerly conditions.<br />

Ninety Mile Beach: Weather direction NW.<br />

Oberon Bay: Weather direction SE NE or Easterly.<br />

Singapore Flats: (Corner Inlet) Weather: all aspects, Pilot dependant.<br />

6.14.2 Publications<br />

<strong>Australian</strong> pilot volume 2.<br />

6.14.3 Local Contacts<br />

Lakes Entrance and Port Welshpool: local knowledge advisors<br />

Dale, April Hammer Skipper ph 0409 176 074<br />

Shane Day 1 st Mate April Hammer ph 0404 316 922<br />

Allan, Port Welshpool Harbour Master ph 0428 113 324<br />

Bruce Green Harbour Master Gippsland Ports ph 0428 596 709<br />

6.14.4 Weather monitoring: Bass Strait gas field<br />

GMDSS<br />

SAT C Met area 10 regional forecasts<br />

MF/HF forecasts<br />

Schedule forecast times<br />

0130, 0530, 0930, 1330, 1730, 2130 EST.<br />

Warnings are broadcast every hour starting 0000 EST<br />

Broadcast frequencies Day Time 0700 to 1800<br />

VMC (KHZ) 4426, 8176, 12365, 16546,<br />

Broadcast frequencies Night Time 1800 to 0700<br />

VMC (KHZ) 2201, 6507, 8176, 12365<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 20 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Internet<br />

<strong>Australian</strong> Bureau of meteorology<br />

www.bom.gov.au<br />

Telephone Weather services<br />

Bass Strait 1900 969 930<br />

Northern Bass strait 1900 969 931<br />

Southern Bass Strait 1900 969 932<br />

Eastern Bass Strait 1900 969 933<br />

Western Bass Strait 1900 969 934<br />

Vic Coastal waters 1900 969 966<br />

Weather Warnings 1300 659 217<br />

CHAPTER 2 - <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> SHIPBOARD CONTINGENCY PLANS (Rev Nov 2010).doc Page 21 of 21<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.0<br />

BRIDGE RELATED DOCUMENTS - CONTENTS PAGE<br />

Appendix 1.1 GYRO Start Up Instructions<br />

Appendix 1.2 Magnetic Compass<br />

Appendix 1.3 ARPA Radar<br />

Appendix 1.4 GPS System<br />

Appendix 1.5 Electronic Plotter System (TMQ C Plot)<br />

Appendix 1.6 Simrad Echo Sounder<br />

Appendix 1.7 Furuno Sounder<br />

Appendix 1.8 GMDSS Equipment<br />

Appendix 1.9 Doppler Log<br />

Appendix 1.10 AIS Shipbourne Class A Transponder System<br />

Appendix 1.11 Anemometer<br />

Appendix 1.12 Sea Temperature System<br />

Appendix 1.13 Radio Equipment<br />

Appendix 1.14 Main Engine Clutch<br />

Appendix 1.15 Main Steering System<br />

Appendix 1.16 Emergency Steering System and Checks<br />

Appendix 1.17 Bow Thruster Operation<br />

Appendix 1.18 Main Engine Emergency Stop<br />

Appendix 1.19 Windlass Operation<br />

Appendix 1.20 Trawl Equipment Operations<br />

Appendix 1.21 Derrick Operation<br />

Appendix 1.22 Fire and Bilge Alarm System<br />

Appendix 1.23 Pot Hauler Operation<br />

Appendix 1.24 Litton Alarm VDU Operation<br />

Append 1.0 - Contents Page.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

GYRO START UP INSTRUCTIONS<br />

APPENDIX 1.1<br />

BRIDGE - GYRO START UP INSTRUCTIONS<br />

The master gyro is located under the main steering console.<br />

Under normal week to week operations the Gyro system is left running to meet the vessels<br />

operational requirements.<br />

This system is only shut down when crew are on extended leave.<br />

Note: After a complete shutdown of the Gyro power supply, allow at least 3 hrs to run up.<br />

Starting is very simple. Performed by turning the gyro power switch from [off] to<br />

[ordinary]. With this operation, the master compass and the repeater are automatically<br />

synchronised and become ready for operation.<br />

It is necessary to make the master compass card and the repeater compass have exactly<br />

the same reading. If the two readings do not agree, switch off the repeater junction box<br />

and turn the synchronizing knob of the repeater compass until both agree. After this step,<br />

the repeater compass should be switched on once again.<br />

The repeater switch should normally be turned on.<br />

To prevent accidental tampering the switch is covered by a metal cap.<br />

Note: In the event of power loss turn power selector to [Stand-by].<br />

When stopping the gyro compass, turn the starting switch of the power adaptor from<br />

[ordinary] to [stand-by] and after leaving in this position for over 2 minutes turn it to [off].<br />

Note: Do not forget to check the reading on the master compass and repeater compass<br />

card upon subsequent startings.<br />

LATITUDE CORRECTOR<br />

When the compass is in operation, the corrector should be set for the approximate latitude<br />

of the ship. These settings need not be changed for small variations in latitude but should<br />

be kept within 5 degrees.<br />

To set correction, turn latitude corrector knob attached to the master compass to the<br />

ship’s latitude and adjust the upper and lower scales to the ships latitude.<br />

Heading alignment checks can be carried out by the following:<br />

Append 1.1 - Gyro.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Alongside wharf then:<br />

• Compare Gyro heading to Magnetic heading<br />

• Ensure Vessel is parallel and hard alongside wharf<br />

• Compare Gyro heading to Wharf’s known bearing<br />

At sea:<br />

• Transit Bearings<br />

• Azimuths and amplitudes.<br />

GYRO REPEATER CHECKS<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> has a total of 5 repeaters in the following locations.<br />

• Bridge steering repeater<br />

• Port and starboard repeaters<br />

• Aft consol repeater<br />

• Emergency steering flat repeater.<br />

SYNCHRONISING REPEATERS WITH MASTER GYRO<br />

Ensure the repeater is in the [off] position before attempting to adjust heading.<br />

Note: Failing to do so will affect the main steering repeater and miss alignment issues will<br />

occur.<br />

ADJUSTING REPEATERS<br />

1. Turn power off to repeater.<br />

2. Adjust by turning knob located on the side of the compass bowel until desired heading<br />

is aligned with lubber line.<br />

3. Turn power on.<br />

4. Compass card will jump 2 or 3 degrees high or low of the main repeater.<br />

5. Record the error in the ships log for future reference.<br />

Append 1.1 - Gyro.docx 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.2<br />

BRIDGE - MAGNETIC COMPASS<br />

The magnetic compass is located on the wheelhouse roof in a standard compass binnacle.<br />

Magnetic compass azimuth ring is located under the chart table.<br />

The deviation card is located on the port side of the chart table.<br />

Pre-departure checks<br />

1. Check 12 volt and 24 volt binnacle globes as these often blow.<br />

2. The 24 volt light switch is located on the main light switch distribution board.<br />

3. Ensure reflector glass is clean and free from dirt.<br />

4. During survey operations ensure that no electronic equipment or equipment that may<br />

interfere with the magnetic compass is mounted close to it.<br />

5. Compare Magnetic heading with gyro compass.<br />

6. Ensure vessel is parallel and hard alongside wharf.<br />

Compare heading with wharfs known heading.<br />

Append 1.2 - Magnetic Compass.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.3<br />

BRIDGE – ARPA RADAR<br />

Note: Before turning on Radar ensure that personnel are clear of the wheelhouse roof<br />

and that lanyards have not become loose from the yards.<br />

TURNING TRANSMITTER ON<br />

When [STAND-BY] status is displayed on the screen, press the transmit switch labelled<br />

[STBY/TX] on the control panel.<br />

The transmit switch toggles the radar between [STAND-BY] and [Transmit status]. The<br />

antenna stops in [STAND-BY] status and rotates in TRANSMIT status.<br />

START UP CHECKS<br />

Gyro heading interface<br />

1. Press the Radar Menu key to display the FUNCTIONS 1 menu.<br />

2. Press the (0) key twice to display the FUNCTIONS 3 menu.<br />

3. Press the 9 key to select GYRO SETTING option.<br />

4. Rotate the EBL control to adjust the Gyrocompass reading.<br />

5. Press enter Key to confirm setting.<br />

6. Speed input to the Furuno radar is from the doppler log (ensure Doppler log is on).<br />

PRESENTATION MODES<br />

Note: Operational preference presentation mode is North Up Relative Motion.<br />

Warning: When the gyrocompass signal is lost, the presentation mode becomes head-up<br />

and the HDG readout at the top of the text area shows asterisks ****.<br />

Also gyro appears in red characters at the lower right corner of the screen.<br />

When gyro signal is restored the set HDG appears at the upper right corner of screen.<br />

1. Press the MODE key, and the asterisks and GYRO go off.<br />

2. Align the HDG readout with the gyrocompass reading. Referring to the previous (start<br />

up check Gyro heading interface).<br />

Finally press the cancel key to erase the message SET HDG.<br />

Further reference refer to Furuno Operator’s Manual.<br />

Append 1.3 - ARPA.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

TURNING ON POWER<br />

APPENDIX 1.4<br />

BRIDGE – GPS SYSTEM<br />

1. Press and hold down the [DIM/PWR] key.<br />

2. The unit beeps and then starts up with the last used display mode.<br />

3. The GP-30/35 takes about two minutes to find its position when turned on.<br />

4. If no position is found “GPS NO FIX” appears at the centre of the display.<br />

5. When the satellite signal is being received normally, the GP-30/35 displays various<br />

abbreviations at the top left corner the display which shows the receiver status.<br />

6. Refer to Furuno GPS-30/35 Operator’s Manual page 1-3 for display abbreviations.<br />

7. Note: Check DATUM.<br />

Note: This system is interfaced with the ARPA radar, AIS Shipborne class A Transponder<br />

System, C PLOT Electronic Charting system, OLEX 3 D Mapping system.<br />

Note: No one navigation device should ever be solely replied upon for the safe navigation<br />

of the vessel.<br />

Append 1.4 - GPS.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.5<br />

BRIDGE – ELECTRONIC PLOTTER SYSTEM (TMQ C PLOT)<br />

The electronic chart plotting system is a Hydrographic approved charting system with chart<br />

corrections loaded monthly.<br />

The electronic chart system is also interfaced with the following bridge equipment:<br />

• ARPA Radar<br />

• Furuno GPS<br />

• Gyro compass<br />

• Sea Temperature sensor<br />

• AIS<br />

Note: This system has no track control system interfaced with the auto pilot.<br />

STARTING TMQ C PLOT<br />

1. The computer fwd of the steering console must be turned on followed by the screen<br />

next to the steering console.<br />

2. Once start up has completed then using the mouse click on the TMQ C Plot icon.<br />

3. Follow the loading prompts until software is operational.<br />

4. Ensure GPS system is on and functioning correctly.<br />

5. Further references refer to TMQ C Plot operators manual.<br />

Append 1.5 - Plotter.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.6<br />

BRIDGE – SIMRAD ECHO SOUNDER<br />

SIMRAD ECHO SOUNDER START UP INSTRUCTIONS<br />

The computer for SIMRAD sounder operation is located fwd of the steering console in the<br />

computer hub and labelled accordingly:<br />

1. Start computer system and labelled screen.<br />

2. Select Simrad icon on desk top( Simrad OLD).<br />

3. Click on icon to start both 38 KHZ and 120 KHZ sounders.<br />

Warning: The settings on both 38 and 120 KHZ are set for sea surface to sea bed as this<br />

system is interfaced with the OLEX 3D bottom mapping system, and the sounding is not<br />

depth below keel until the draft aft is subtracted from the sounding.<br />

Note: The Furuno echo sounder gives the depth below keel the transducer is located STB<br />

side directly under the steel pole next to the master’s chair allowances must also be made<br />

for AFT draft.<br />

Note: further reference can be found in the SIMRAD Operator’s manual.<br />

Append 1.6 - Simrad.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

START UP<br />

APPENDIX 1.7<br />

BRIDGE – FURUNO SOUNDER<br />

1. Push red button below Screen.<br />

2. Select 200 or 28 KHZ using knob on display.<br />

3. Adjust gain and brightness accordingly until clear seabed picture is obtained ensure<br />

settings are correct for numeric values.<br />

Note: The furuno echo sounder gives the depth below keel the transducer is located STB<br />

side directly under the steel pole next to the master’s chair allowances must also be made<br />

for aft draft.<br />

Note: Refer to Furuno Operator’s manual for further information.<br />

Append 1.7 - Furuno.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

START UP AND CHECKS<br />

APPENDIX 1.8<br />

BRIDGE – GMDSS EQUIPMENT<br />

1. Turn on the SAT C communication terminals 1 & 2.<br />

2. Turn on the Monitors 1 & 2.<br />

3. Turn on the printers 1 & 2.<br />

4. The system will go through a self test, this may take a few minutes.<br />

5. [OK] indicates all systems are operating correctly.<br />

6. [NG] indicates a fault this may take further time to rectify the fault the self test<br />

commonly rectifies this problem.<br />

7. The next step is to log the system into an ocean region.<br />

Press options key.<br />

8. Select NCS or press log in and the system will then do a self search for NCS.<br />

9. Once the system is logged into an Ocean region commencement of reports may be<br />

edited from disk or new reports created on disk.<br />

Note: Do not try to send reports directly from edit they must be saved to disk and then<br />

retrieved for sending.<br />

Always use the AUSREP ship reporting instructions for <strong>Australian</strong> area.<br />

Contact numbers for RCC are located on the inside the first page of the above document.<br />

Note: When creating reports always ask for acknowledgment so that you know that the<br />

report has been received by RCC Australia if no response give them a phone call and<br />

check that it is in there system.<br />

Note: If system fails to log in, a sailing plan and follow up reports may be sent via phone<br />

to RCC they will POLL the vessel as per normal until a final report is submitted.<br />

All reports and poll responses’ must be entered into the GMDSS log.<br />

Further reference see FURUNO GMDSS Equipment Operation manuals and AUS rep ship<br />

reporting manual.<br />

Note: AUSREP ship reporting system is a mandatory requirement.<br />

Technical support phone numbers for the SAT C terminal are as follows.<br />

(08) 9302 0302<br />

00 111 709 748 4226.<br />

Append 1.8 - GMDSS.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

JRC JLN-203 DOPPLER LOG SYSTEM<br />

Start up<br />

APPENDIX 1.9<br />

BRIDGE – DOPPLER LOG<br />

1. Turn on power.<br />

2. The three – digit readout indicates speed instantly.<br />

3. Reset the distance run before departure.<br />

Note: If power is lost to the Doppler the audible alarm will be activated.<br />

Note: The ARPA radar obtains the speed thru water from the JRC JLN Doppler log.<br />

The JRC JLN-203 Doppler log uses a high accuracy pulse Doppler system and high<br />

frequency ultrasonic signals.<br />

Signals are reflected from approximately 1.8 to 3 meters below the hull bottom they are<br />

tracked to detect their Doppler frequency shifts, ensuring a highly accurate measurement<br />

of own ships speed through water without being affected by following seas.<br />

Append 1.9 - Doppler.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.10<br />

BRIDGE – AIS SHIPBORNE CLASS A TRANSPONDER SYSTEM<br />

SYSTEM OPERATION<br />

System power up<br />

1. The system is turned on by applying power to the R4 transponder system this does not<br />

have a switch and is hard wired into the mains power.<br />

2. If display screen has been turned off press [MODE] this switches the power on to the<br />

screen.<br />

3. When configuring system from [moored] to [underway] there may be alarms on the<br />

screen to remove this press the GREEN [Enter] key until alarms are not displayed any<br />

more.<br />

4. Press STATUS key to enter navigation status.<br />

Note: This system is interfaced with the C Plot electronic plotter and the Furuno GPS.<br />

Further reference can be obtained from the AIS operational manual.<br />

Append 1.10 - AIS.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.11<br />

BRIDGE - ANEMOMETER<br />

The anemometer is located atop the mast this system has its own read out located on top<br />

of the steel pole next to the master’s seat.<br />

There is no requirement to start up as this system runs continuously.<br />

The digital readout only gives relative wind direction from the ships head in degrees<br />

shown, must be either added or subtracted, if the wind is on the starboard side, then this<br />

must be added if the degrees are on the port side then they are subtracted.<br />

This system has an input into the ARPA radar and a wind rose on the ARPA display, when<br />

the ARPA Radar is operated in North Up Relative motion display, the wind rose gives the<br />

true direction of the wind.<br />

Note: If there are light airs the direction may be affected causing an untrue direction on<br />

the display this can be checked by other means.<br />

Append 1.11 - Anemometer.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.12<br />

BRIDGE – SEA TEMPERATURE SYSTEM<br />

The sea temperature display is located starboard side of the steering consol.<br />

To operate:<br />

1. Turn on.<br />

2. Select Degrees Celsius or deg Fahrenheit.<br />

The sensor for this system is located in the Engine room sea water suction therefore will<br />

only give sea surface temperature.<br />

Note: This system is interfaced with the C PLOT chart plotting system and sea<br />

temperature can be displayed on track history.<br />

Note: See settings in C Plot manual.<br />

Append 1.12 - Sea Temp.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

MF/HF DSC AND VHF DSC EQUIPMENT<br />

To turn system on and off:<br />

APPENDIX 1.13<br />

BRIDGE – RADIO EQUIPMENT<br />

1. To turn power on and off. To turn the power off, press and hold down the switches for<br />

at least 2 seconds. Then, release the key after a loud beep is heard.<br />

2. To select pre-programmed channels press [RCL] [10] [ENTER].<br />

To send DSC call VIA MF/HF and VHF RADIOS<br />

What you see What you do<br />

Watch/Auto Press Enter<br />

MF/HF Message<br />

Call Type ? Press select<br />

T,IND,TEL,ALL,RA,RS,DIS Press then Enter<br />

Call type: Test Call ect. Press ENTER<br />

Station ID Press select<br />

Digits IN=00 Enter MMSI using key pad<br />

Station ID:xxxxxxxxxx<br />

DSC? Press select<br />

DSC Freq < XXXX><br />

2 4 6 8 12 Press then Enter<br />

* READY FOR CALLING<br />

INDIVIDUAL CALL xxxx.x Press call<br />

( Where X represents a numeral )<br />

Note: A continuous listening watch must be maintained on the following Channels:<br />

VHF CH 16 & CH 70<br />

MF/HF Channels are programmed in to the DSC receiver<br />

This system is on continuous scans of all emergency MF/HF frequencies.<br />

Note: All radio calls are to be recorded into the Radio log.<br />

Append 1.13 - Radio.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.14<br />

BRIDGE – MAIN ENGINE CLUTCH<br />

MAIN ENGINE CLUTCH - IN/OUT PROCEDURE<br />

Note: Ensure that Rev and Pitch control is at [0] percent before start up.<br />

Once the Chief Engineer is satisfied that the main engine has sufficiently warmed up and<br />

all systems are working satisfactorily he will then contact the Bridge indicating that it is OK<br />

to clutch in and increase the RPM.<br />

The control must be switched over in the engine room before passing control to the bridge.<br />

To clutch in and increase RPM<br />

1. The Revs will be sitting between 400 and 500 RPM.<br />

2. To clutch in push the button [CLUTCH IN] this will engage the clutch.<br />

3. Slowly bring the RPM up to 1100 RPM for manoeuvring a final adjustment can be<br />

made once underway.<br />

Note: Various alarms will sound during start up and shut down procedure. Press silence<br />

on E/room alarm panel.<br />

CPP Pitch Control<br />

To operate the pitch control simply move forward and or backwards the pitch lever and the<br />

pitch indicator will read out in a percentage of how much pitch is applied.<br />

Maximum 90% AHEAD and 60% ASTERN<br />

To clutch out and decrease RPM<br />

1. Reduce revolutions slowly to 400 RPM.<br />

2. Press [CLUTCH OUT] button.<br />

3. Notify the engineer [finished with main engine]<br />

4. The engineer will now shut the main engine down.<br />

Append 1.14 - Clutch.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

MAIN STEERING CONSOLE OPERATION<br />

APPENDIX 1.15<br />

BRIDGE – MAIN STEERING SYSTEM<br />

1. To power up the steering system select solenoid one or two.<br />

2. Once a solenoid is selected this will allow the rudder to respond to the helm.<br />

3. Check indicator lights for response.<br />

4. Check Rudder response controls.<br />

5. Check rudder indicator. This is above the centre window on the deck-head.<br />

6. Check Synchronizer controls.<br />

For Voyaging select<br />

Rate = [5]<br />

Rudder= [1]<br />

7. For survey operations.<br />

Rate = [6]<br />

Rudder= [3]<br />

Sea controls as necessary.<br />

8. Select mode of steering, [HAND], [AUTO], [REMOTE], [LEVER].<br />

9. To operate course indicator in auto mode push down dial knob to adjust HDG.<br />

Note: For large alterations of course, switch to hand steering.<br />

Append 1.15 - Steering.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.16<br />

BRIDGE – EMERGENCY STEERING SYSTEM AND CHECKS<br />

The emergency steering system is activated by rotating the wheel in the emergency<br />

steering flat.<br />

This system is always alive and no valves or change over is required to engage the<br />

system.<br />

The rudder angle indicator is situated on top of the rudder post in direct line of sight from<br />

the emergency steering position.<br />

Communication is via the ships internal phone system and UHF radios. This provides a<br />

redundancy if one communication system fails.<br />

The emergency steering post has a gyro repeater.<br />

The repeater must be aligned with the master gyro before departure.<br />

In the advent of loss of power, helm orders must used.<br />

Note: Before emergency steering pre departure checks are made ensure that the main<br />

steering solenoids are turned off.<br />

Append 1.16 - Emerg Steering.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.17<br />

BRIDGE – BOW THRUSTER OPERATION<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> is fitted with 1 bow thruster, the operation of this system is as follows.<br />

1. Main hydraulics must be turned on in the engine room.<br />

2. The selector switch on the aft trawl winch console must be on.<br />

3. The switch on the bow thrusters control must be on.<br />

4. Test the system by rotating the leaver to starboard and port, the vessels head should<br />

move in the corresponding direction.<br />

5. If the ships head does not respond, check that all systems are turned on.<br />

Append 1.17 - Bow Thruster.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.18<br />

BRIDGE – MAIN ENGINE EMERGENCY STOP<br />

The Main Engine Emergency stop is located port side of steering console and<br />

clearly labelled.<br />

1. To operate push and hold button down for 5 seconds.<br />

2. Notify the Chief engineer of the situation.<br />

3. Once the emergency stop has been released the main engine can be started as<br />

normal.<br />

Append 1.18 - Emerg Stop.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.19<br />

BRIDGE – WINDLASS OPERATION<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> has 6 shackles per side = 165 metres and 2 x 790 kg stockless<br />

anchors.<br />

BRIDGE<br />

1. Main hydraulics must be on in the engine room.<br />

2. Stand-by hydraulics must be on at the aft console.<br />

3. The selector switch at the aft trawling console must be on.<br />

4. The selector switch on the helm console must be on.<br />

Once the main and stand–by hydraulic systems are activated the windlass will be ready<br />

for normal operation.<br />

DECK<br />

Note: Lift Lever for [out] and push down lever for [in].<br />

1. Establish communication with bridge via UHF radios.<br />

2. Ensure the windlass is clutched out and raise the hydraulic lever to check that there is<br />

pressure to it.<br />

3. This will operate the drum ends independent of the gypsy.<br />

4. Engage clutch for gypsy operation.<br />

Note: Correct PPE must be used whilst operating the windlass.<br />

Append 1.19 - Windlass Op.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.20<br />

BRIDGE – TRAWL EQUIPMENT OPERATIONS<br />

Operation of the starboard and port trawl equipment requires the main hydraulics to be<br />

engaged in the E/room and the relevant switch turned on [TRAWL].<br />

Note: Control levers are rather stiff to operate and caution must be used during operation<br />

to minimise snatching and jerky operation.<br />

1. Main hydraulics must be engaged.<br />

2. Trawl selector switch on.<br />

3. An announcement over the PA system that winch operations are about to<br />

commence.<br />

• The 3 controls are clearly marked starboard side lever activates the starboard<br />

warp winch<br />

• The port control lever activates the port winch drum<br />

• The 2 inboard control activates the net drum<br />

• To pay out the levers must be pushed away from the operator<br />

• To retrieve the leaver must be pulled towards the operator<br />

4. The brakes must be off on all 3 winches before operation and on when operations<br />

are completed.<br />

Note: All personnel to have appropriate PPE for trawling operations.<br />

Trawl operation using stand by hydraulic pump<br />

Operating the trawl equipment using the stand by hydraulics will be sluggish as the<br />

stand by-pump has a reduced delivery rate than the main hydraulics.<br />

1. Activate stand-by hydraulics.<br />

2. Select Switch [Starboard winch] [Port winch] [Net drum].<br />

3. An announcement over the PA system that winch operations are about to<br />

commence.<br />

4. Ensure brakes are off.<br />

5. Alternate between selector switches to operate trawl winches.<br />

6. Control leavers as per main hydraulic instructions.<br />

Note: This mode of operation is only used while net repairs, adjustments to trawl<br />

equipment and cleaning of the trawl nets are taking place.<br />

Append 1.20 - Trawl Equip.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.21<br />

BRIDGE – DERRICK OPERATION<br />

The ship’s derrick is a standard ships derrick with hydraulic cargo and topping winch and<br />

electric slewing winches.<br />

This system has a safe working load of 3 tonnes and the annual survey is conducted by<br />

Bullivants P/L.<br />

Note: This system has no limit switches and toping must not exceed 75 degrees and<br />

slewing should not exceed 80 degrees.<br />

DERRICK OPERATION<br />

1. Stand-by hydraulics must be turned on<br />

2. Selector switch on hydraulic’ s turned on to [DERRICK]<br />

3. The system should now be operational<br />

4. Controls for this are situated starboard side of trawl station on-top of the console and<br />

are clearly labelled. [TOPPING] [SLEW] [HOIST]<br />

5. Ensure the derrick is stowed and that the system is turned off on completion of derrick<br />

operation.<br />

Caution: Must be used when operating the controls as fast control movements will result<br />

in snatch loading and jerky operation.<br />

Note: The following controls must be used to reduce any risk during derrick operations.<br />

Note: Appropriate PPE are to be used during derrick operations.<br />

Note: Communication process must be agreed between operator and signalman.<br />

Caution: Tag lines x 2 are to be used during lifting operations one of the tag lines is to be<br />

attached to the lifting hook, so that at all times this is prevented from swinging uncontrolled<br />

when the load is disconnected, this could pose a serious HAZARD to personnel. The<br />

second tag line is to be connected to the cargo.<br />

Caution: When at sea a thorough risk assessment must be made before operating the<br />

derrick as the pendulum effect is significantly increased by the rolling motion of the vessel.<br />

Append 1.21 - Derrick.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.22<br />

BRIDGE – FIRE AND BILGE ALARM SYSTEM<br />

A Wormald Fire Alarm system with sensors is located through the vessel.<br />

• Sensor 1 & 2 Engine room<br />

• Sensor 3 Mess<br />

• Sensor 5 Crew accommodation<br />

• Sensor 4 Passenger accommodation<br />

The bilge alarm system is connected to the LITTON ALARM.<br />

Note: see SOP 25 for Litton alarm instructions.<br />

System in the Bridge and wired into the Wormald and text alarms.<br />

To operate follow the simple instructions located on the front panel of the fire alarm panel<br />

located in the bridge port side.<br />

There is a corresponding fire alarm location plan of the vessel located next to the panel.<br />

The bilge alarms are wired into the sender unit on these external alarm systems.<br />

There is also an alarm system connected to a phone alert system via text messaging to 5<br />

staff members and a 27 MGHZ transmitter this transmits to the CVO building and then to<br />

the UTAS security bunker at Newnham.<br />

Note: During testing of alarm system these alarm systems must be de activated and entry<br />

made into the ships log.<br />

Time and date of disconnecting and time of reconnecting the alarm systems.<br />

Append 1.22 - Fire Alarm.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.23<br />

BRIDGE – POT HAULER OPERATION<br />

The pot hauler is operated by the stand by hydraulics; this involves the changing over of 2<br />

hydraulic valves in the engine room, before the stand by pump delivers hydraulics to the<br />

system.<br />

The pot hauler is primarily used for the retrieval of pots, traps and demersal long line<br />

equipment and ropes up to 20mm diameter, the pot hauler jib, has the ability to slew<br />

inboard and outboard.<br />

OPERATION<br />

1. Notify the duty engineer that hydraulics are required for pot hauler operation.<br />

2. Control levers x 2 are clearly labelled lifting leaver up = [OUT]and down = [IN]<br />

3. Test the system by pushing down on the hauling lever. This will rotate the hauler head<br />

inward<br />

4. Lift the slew lever and the boom will slew outboard<br />

5. The system is now ready for normal operations<br />

6. Once the line is retrieved it is placed over the first roller on the end of the boom then<br />

under the second roller which allows the rope to gain maximum friction on the hauler<br />

head this is to prevent the line from slipping during hauling operations<br />

7. The line is then feed over the drum end and down into a rope basket<br />

8. Whilst hauling a second person is required to assist the coiling and stowage of the<br />

rope into the basket<br />

9. Once the pot, trap or line is recovered reverse the hauler head to pots traps line<br />

weights to the deck lower onto the deck.<br />

Note: When the pot hauler is engaged in reverse, care must be taken so that the line<br />

does not come free of the hauler head.<br />

Note: Loose items of clothing and unrestrained hair pose a potential risk during operation<br />

of this equipment and must be avoided.<br />

Note: Correct PPE will be required for pot hauler operation.<br />

Append 1.23 - Pot Hauler.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1.24<br />

BRIDGE – LITTON ALARM VDU OPERATION<br />

Keypad: Only the keys necessary for bridge operation are shown below.<br />

Text<br />

Bar<br />

Alarms Groups 7 8 9 Screen<br />

4 5 6 Silence<br />

1 2 3<br />

0 Action<br />

1. Press “Screen” until screen scrolls to blank display. Press “Screen” once more.<br />

2. Press “Groups” and Group Menu will appear.<br />

3. Select the No. of the group you want to display and then press “Action”.<br />

4. Readouts for selected group plus alarm points will appear.<br />

5. To view displayed readouts in a graphical form, press “Text Bar”.<br />

When Alarm Sounds<br />

1. Press Silence.<br />

2. Press “Alarms” to display latest alarm.<br />

3. Verify engineer is attending and standby for any further instructions.<br />

Append 1.24 - Litton.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2.0<br />

ENGINE ROOM RELATED DOCUMENTS – CONTENTS PAGE<br />

Appendix 2.1 Engine Room Folder Index<br />

Appendix 2.2 Start Ship’s Generators<br />

Appendix 2.3 Start Main Engine<br />

Appendix 2.4 To Parallel Alternators, No. 2 On Load, No. 1 Incoming<br />

Appendix 2.5 To Parallel Alternators, No. 1 On Load, No. 2 Incoming<br />

Appendix 2.6 Restore Power After Alternators Trip Out<br />

Appendix 2.7 Starting Instructions Emergency Fire Pump<br />

Appendix 2.8 Start Refrigeration, Blast Freezer, Air Conditioner<br />

Appendix 2.9 Hydraulic Controls<br />

Appendix 2.10 Electrical Distribution<br />

Appendix 2.11 Bilge Alarms<br />

Appendix 2.12 Pumps and Pump System<br />

Appendix 2.13 Steering and Emergency Steering<br />

Appendix 2.14 Alarm Panel Operation<br />

Appendix 2.15 Clarifier/Purifier Operation<br />

Appendix 2.16 Standing Orders for Engineers on Survey Charter<br />

Appendix 2.17 Engine Room Standard Operating Procedures<br />

Appendix 2.18 Valves on Through Hull Fittings – May 2009 Slipping<br />

Appendix 2.19 Engine Room Machinery SOP (OLD)<br />

Append 2.0 - Contents Page.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

1 AMSA Class Survey<br />

2 Engine Oil Analysis<br />

APPENDIX 2.1<br />

ENGINE ROOM - FOLDER INDEX<br />

3 Monthly and Quarterly Routine Surveys<br />

4 Main Engine Monthly Maintenance<br />

5 No. 1 & 2 A.E. Monthly Maintenance<br />

6 Repairs Requisitions and Reports<br />

7 Spares and Stores Requisitions<br />

8 Fuel and Lube Oil Requisitions and Charter Fuel Reports<br />

9 Engine Log Sheets<br />

10 Technical Information<br />

11 E.R. Forms<br />

12 E.R. Standard Operating Procedures<br />

13 Tank Soundings, Reports and Dangerous Goods<br />

14 Correspondence, Letters etc<br />

15 Decca Alarm Manual<br />

16 Ulstein Prop and Gearbox Instructions and Drawings<br />

17 Bow Thruster Instructions<br />

18 M.E. Controls and Shaft Coupling<br />

19 Refrigeration File<br />

Append 2.1 - Folder Index.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

1. CHECK the following:<br />

APPENDIX 2.2<br />

ENGINE ROOM - START SHIP’S GENERATORS<br />

• Lube oil sump level<br />

• Header tank F.W. level<br />

• All salt water valves open<br />

• Fuel supply open<br />

• Exhaust drain valve closed.<br />

2. Switch to glow for 30 secs, then start engine.<br />

3. Walk round, oil pressure in green, S.W. pump cold, J.W. pressure OK.<br />

4. Warm up for 5 mins.<br />

5. Turn synchronizing switch to number that’s running (1 or 2) for C/O from shore<br />

power, or follow SOPs for paralleling.<br />

6. * Run both gensets, paralleled on board, during pilotage.<br />

CHANGE OVER FROM SHORE TO SHIP’S POWER<br />

1. Switch shore power breaker to “off”.<br />

2. Turn interlock key anticlockwise to off, withdraw key and insert in A.E. 1&2<br />

switchboard and turn clockwise (ship blacked out).<br />

3. Push down first, then lift up breaker for generator running (breaker closed).<br />

4. Restart forced air fans. (Frig breakers may also trip – turn on pump first, then<br />

compressor).<br />

Note: For paralleling alternators, see SOP. Nos. 2&3.<br />

Append 2.2 - Generators.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

1. CHECK the following:<br />

APPENDIX 2.3<br />

ENGINE ROOM - START MAIN ENGINE<br />

• All sea water cooling valves open<br />

• Engine lube oil sump level<br />

• Level of fresh water in header tank<br />

• Fuel supply valve open<br />

• Exhaust Pipe drain is closed.<br />

2. Start lube oil stand by pump for 2 mins minimum.<br />

3. Press Glow or Heat for 1 minute, then Press Start.<br />

4. Clutch in Main hydraulics.<br />

5. Stop pre-lube pump.<br />

6. Warm Engine for 5 minutes, then switch on Clutch control Panel.<br />

7. Bridge will take over – Clutch in at Idle, 530 RPM.<br />

8. Check oil levels in:<br />

• Engine sump<br />

• Gearbox level<br />

• Governor level.<br />

9. Turn off pre heaters<br />

ENTERING/LEAVING PORT<br />

1. Main hydraulics On<br />

2. Both Gensets Paralleled on Board<br />

3. Monitor Gensets to keep load Balanced<br />

Lubrication<br />

Use Mobil Delvac 1330 for:<br />

• Main Engine<br />

• Governor<br />

• Stern Tube Seal and Header Tanks<br />

• Generator Engines<br />

• Bow Thrusters Seal and Header Tank<br />

• Emergency fire pump.<br />

Use Mobil gear 600XP68 for Ulstein Gearbox.<br />

Use DTE EX Heavy for Main Hydraulics Twin Disc Gearbox and Bow Thruster.<br />

Append 2.3 - Engine.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2.4<br />

ENGINE ROOM - TO PARALLEL ALTERNATORS,<br />

No. 2 ON LOAD, No. 1 INCOMING<br />

ONCE NO. 1 HAS BEEN RUNNING FOR 5 MINUTES<br />

1. Turn Sychronising Switch from No. 2 to Pos. 2 – 1<br />

NOTE: If synchronising switch is turned to Pos. No.1, ship will blackout.<br />

2. Turn Synchroscope Switch to Pos. 2 – 1.<br />

3. Adjust No.1 Speed until Synchroscope creeps Clockwise.<br />

Remember: Turn Switch To Anticlockwise to Raise Speed.<br />

4. Close No.1 Breaker when needle between 10 and 11 O clock.<br />

No.1 now on board.<br />

5. Raise No. 1 Speed to Balance Load.<br />

6. Turn Excitation Switch (on separate panel, Pt. Side) from Single to Parallel.<br />

7. Monitor and adjust load levels until Governor Droop Stabilizers.<br />

Append 2.4 - Alternators.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2.5<br />

ENGINE ROOM - TO PARALLEL ALTERNATORS,<br />

No. 1 ON LOAD, No. 2 INCOMING<br />

ONCE A.E. 2 HAS BEEN RUNNING FOR 5 MINUTES<br />

1. Turn Synchronising Switch from No. 1 to Pos. 1–2.<br />

NOTE: If synchronising switch is turned to Pos. No 2, ship will blackout.<br />

2. Turn Synchroscope Switch to Pos. 1–2.<br />

3. Adjust No. 2 Speed until Synchroscope creeps clockwise.<br />

Remember: Turn switch anticlockwise to raise speed.<br />

4. Close No. 2 Breaker when needle between 10 and 11 o’clock.<br />

No. 2 now on board.<br />

5. Raise No. 2 Speed to Balance Load.<br />

6. Turn Excitation Switch (on separate panel, Pt side) from Single to Parallel.<br />

7. Monitor and adjust load levels until Governor Droop Stabilizers.<br />

Append 2.5 - Alternators.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2.6<br />

ENGINE ROOM - RESTORE POWER AFTER ALTERNATORS TRIP OUT<br />

Following incident on 4/12/08, ship blacked out:<br />

Status: Breakers tripped out, alternators running, unable to close breakers, ship on<br />

emergency power:<br />

1. Open all circuit breakers on main switchboard.<br />

2. Close main breaker from alternator running.<br />

3. If breaker closes, voltage OK, close breakers for lights and steering.<br />

4. Lights and steering OK, check all distribution boards for burnt contactors etc. to<br />

locate fault. Start with larger electric motors, e.g. fridge compressors.<br />

5. Once fault found, isolate (tag out) faulty circuit and then close other breakers on<br />

main switchboard.<br />

NOTE<br />

1. If unable to find fault, close breakers systematically until alternator trips out. Last<br />

breaker closed is therefore faulty circuit.<br />

2. An external soft short across 2 phases of a large 415 V contactor may trip alternators<br />

off board without tripping the main circuit breaker for that particular circuit.<br />

3. When ship blacks out, Propeller goes to full pitch and Main Engine goes to full<br />

throttle. Undo bypass valves next to hand throttle and control engine with the hand<br />

throttle in Engine Room.<br />

Append 2.6 - Alternators Tripout.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2.7<br />

ENGINE ROOM - STARTING INSTRUCTIONS EMERGENCY FIRE PUMP<br />

1. Open all 5 valves: 1 and 2, pump suction & discharge valves, 3: Engine cooling<br />

valve near pressure gauge, 4: Fuel valve on end of tank, 5: Exhaust valve on pipe<br />

through stern. (Check 1 hydrant open on deck.)<br />

2. Check fuel level (2 sight glasses on tank), engine oil and water level (visual).<br />

3. Turn key to heat until blue light goes out, then start engine.<br />

4. Check hydrant (and pressure gauge) to see water is pumping.<br />

5. To stop, turn key to off and close all valves.<br />

NOTE: Engine cooling valve must be closed when engine is stopped.<br />

Append 2.7 - Fire Pump.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2.8<br />

ENGINE ROOM - START REFRIGERATION,<br />

BLAST FREEZER, AIR CONDITIONER<br />

START DOMESTIC FREEZER AND CHILLER (404A)<br />

1. Close main circuit breaker (on switchboard) and distribution switch (E.R. frig. Control<br />

board).<br />

2. Close freezer and chiller doors, turn on main switch and two solenoid valves located<br />

port side of the dry provision store.<br />

3. Open all sea water cooling valves to fwd S.W. cooling pump.<br />

4. Switch on S.W. cooling pump first, then start the refrigeration compressor. Check<br />

trips on controllers in E R if compressor doesn’t start.<br />

NOTE: Refrigerant valves are left open, back seated, to reduce leaks.<br />

5. To chill fish room: (compressor running), chill fish room by closing fish room<br />

evap/solenoid switch on front of control panel in E.R. and turn on digital temp. read<br />

out behind front panel.<br />

START BLAST FREEZER (404A)<br />

1. Open S.W. valves to/from fwd. S.W. cooling pump including ships side and start if not<br />

already running.<br />

2. Open S.W. valve on inboard end of condenser.<br />

3. Close start switch on frig. control panel.<br />

ACCOMMODATION VENTILATION<br />

1. All switches in air-con control room, one supply and return fan, one Air-Con. Return<br />

and one galley exhaust fan.<br />

2. Leave all switches off when vessel alongside.<br />

START AIR CONDITIONER (R22)<br />

1. Start supply and Air-Con. return fans.(see above).<br />

2. Open two refrigerant valves near pressure gauges.<br />

3. Open all S.W. intake, discharge and overboard valves to aft S.W. pump.<br />

4. Turn on aft S.W. pump and compressor in E.R. above compressor.<br />

5. Turn on S.W. pump first and Air Con. compressor in Air-Con. control room. (Press<br />

reset on differential control in E.R. if compressor doesn’t start).<br />

6. Temperature adjustment near door to control room.<br />

Append 2.8 - Refrigeration.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

MAIN HYDRAULICS<br />

APPENDIX 2.9<br />

ENGINE ROOM - HYDRAULIC CONTROLS<br />

1. Engage Twin Disc P.T.O. clutch at front of M.E. operates all hydraulic equipment<br />

(including bow thrusters) except pot hauler and derrick.<br />

2. Use toggle switches on aft bridge consol to select equipment to be powered<br />

hydraulically via solenoid valves on fwd E.R. bulkhead. Spare solenoids kept in box<br />

below air compressor.<br />

3. Operate machinery using hydraulic controls in aft bridge area or controls fitted to<br />

equipment in use. (Toggle switch for thruster on fwd bridge).<br />

4. Light illuminates on top of most solenoids when in use.<br />

5. Return line filters are under floor plating between log desk and vyce bench. There<br />

are suction strainers in D.B. hydraulic tank.<br />

6. Normally 4,000 litres are carried in D.B. tank.<br />

7. Further instructions in exercise book in Chief’s cabin.<br />

AUXILIARY HYDRAULICS<br />

1. Use electric switch in E.R. or bridge to turn on/off. Select equipment to operate with<br />

toggle switches on bridge.<br />

2. Will operate all hydraulic machinery at slow speed (except pot hauler and derrick)<br />

and used in conjunction with main hydraulics for anchor windlass operation.<br />

3. Sole pump used for Pot Hauler and Derrick operation. Close valve above pot hauler<br />

horizontal line and open valve on vertical line to switch from main hydraulics to pot<br />

hauler.<br />

Append 2.9 - Hydraulic.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

INSTALLATION<br />

APPENDIX 2.10<br />

ENGINE ROOM - ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION<br />

1. Main Switchboard in E.R. with circuit breakers divided into Essential and Non<br />

Essential panels plus Frig. Compressor and Blast Freezer circuit breakers direct onto<br />

bus bars.<br />

2. Circuit breakers lead to 10 distribution boards with HRC fuses, as well as individual<br />

control boxes.<br />

3. Extra low voltage distribution board with fuses (top) and 24V power pack, 24V bus,<br />

24V emergency power and 24V emergency radio power with volt and ammeters<br />

(lower) are in entrance to wet lab. Emergency battery chargers are on adjoining wall<br />

inside wet lab.<br />

4. HRC fuses kept in extra low voltage cabinet and in log desk in E.R.<br />

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS<br />

DB 1&2: Bridge – 240V Essential<br />

DB 3: Passage outside galley - 415V & 240V Non Essential<br />

DB 4&6: “ “ “ - 240V - “<br />

DB 5: (Lights ) “ “ “ - 240V - Essential<br />

DB 7: Air con/Fan room ? - 415V Non Essential<br />

DB 8: E.R. - 415V Essential<br />

DB 9: E.R. “ “<br />

DB 10: Steering Space “ “<br />

There is more information in a small exercise book “Bluefin Electrical Distribution” in<br />

Chief’s cabin.<br />

FAULT FINDING<br />

1. Fuses and circuit breakers are checked first. Many fuses are not correctly<br />

numbered on the cards inside distribution box doors, so check outlet to see if DB No.<br />

and fuse No. are marked on the outlet or appliance. * NOTE: The D.B. numbers on<br />

the main switchboard may not be correct, so never assume a Dist. board is isolated<br />

by opening the marked circuit breaker, e.g. 2 fuses for wheelhouse lights are located<br />

in DB 1&2, but opening circuit breaker DB 5 isolates power to these fuses.<br />

2. Always check with a meter and remove correct fuse before touching bare wires.<br />

3. Trips on motors are checked next. These are usually found on the 240V controller<br />

connected below the 3 phase contactors.<br />

4. The galley stove has two sets of fuses, one set in DB 3 and another behind S.S.<br />

stove fuses panel in galley.<br />

5. Alternators tripping off board, see S.O.P. No.4, Restore Power.<br />

6. Shore Connection Lead: Kept in Battery Locker. When shore power ammeter<br />

reaches 60–65 amps (30 Kw), board will trip off on wharf at Beauty Point. Reset to<br />

restore power, however best to start alternator if high loads continue.<br />

7. Emergency lights (24V) are marked with a red dot.<br />

Append 2.10 - Electrical.docx 1 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

8. Light globes are kept in locker in passage outside galley and in frig control room, Pt.<br />

end of dry store. Don’t use 240V globes greater than 60 watts in mess.<br />

9. All spare 415V plugs and sockets are stored in ply box in air con/fan room. A 50<br />

amp Clipsal plug is stored here, which must be fitted to the shore power lead, to<br />

allow shore connection at the Southern Marine Ship Lift. (Many of these plugs are<br />

not in common use).<br />

10. Spare contactors and relays are in wood cabinet next to E.R. escape ladder. There<br />

are a few 240V fittings in store in lower accommodation.<br />

11. Electrical toolbox may be found under log desk in E.R.<br />

12. The emergency batteries are checked monthly and readings recorded in the<br />

relevant radio records book on the bridge.<br />

13. Circuit drawings, none are carried. (Only tender circuit drawings, pre-construction,<br />

are available).<br />

14. Extra Information found in small exercise book in chief’s cabin.<br />

Append 2.10 - Electrical.docx 2 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

ENGINE ROOM<br />

APPENDIX 2.11<br />

ENGINE ROOM - BILGE ALARMS<br />

Low float switch on aft face of sewerage tank – sets off normal E.R. alarm. High level<br />

alarm fwd end of E.R. (small float) near centre line above box keel – sets off fire alarm<br />

(relayed by radio link and phone when alongside).<br />

TUNNEL<br />

Small float switch at aft end directly below manhole cover in fwd E.R. bulkhead.<br />

SONAR TRUNK<br />

Mounted in sonar trunk. Door is also alarmed.<br />

FISH HOLD<br />

Float switch mounted above bilge well – long delay when testing! Chiller and blast freezer<br />

all drain to this well.<br />

STEERING AND EMERGENCY FIRE PMP ROOM<br />

One “Rule” float switch in each compartment. Both switches set off the same alarm in<br />

E.R.<br />

SUMP IN LOWER AFT SHOWER/HEADS FLOOR<br />

Immediately inside door, sets off Fire Alarm, relayed to phone.<br />

BOW THRUSTER SPACE<br />

Enter through manhole in laundry.<br />

Append 2.11 - Bilge.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2.12<br />

ENGINE ROOM - PUMPS AND PUMP SYSTEMS<br />

1. Bilge pump, self priming centrifugal, Stb side E.R. next to A/C compressor. Pumps<br />

E.R. bilges and aft peak ballast.<br />

2. Main fire pump, centrifugal, port side fwd of battery boxes. Always has valves<br />

open ready for deck wash down and fire fighting. Turn on in E.R. and main deck.<br />

3. Emergency fire pump, Pt. far aft. space in stern. Has own sea chest in fish room.<br />

Sea chest air bleed valve must be left cracked to ensure fast suction after pump has<br />

started. Starting instructions, SOP 6, are posted near pump in stern.<br />

4. General service pump, white self priming centrifugal, fwd end E.R. Pumps all<br />

bilges fwd of E.R., fore peak ballast and emergency S.W. and F.W. circulating water<br />

for M.E.<br />

5. Frig condenser S.W. circulating pumps, stb. aft. E.R. Fwd pump cools refrigeration<br />

and blast freezer compressor condensers. Aft pump cools air-con condenser.<br />

There is a spare pump in the tunnel behind M.E. gearbox. Leave E.R. sea chest air<br />

valves open to prevent air locks in these pumps.<br />

6. Tunnel Mono pump is used for fish room bilge pump out and low level pumping of<br />

brine tanks.<br />

7. Two tunnel centrifugal pumps are used for the brine tanks fill/discharge. S.W. fill<br />

valve in Fish hold.<br />

Deck cleaning sink S.W. centrifugal pump plus accumulator, fwd end of E.R., has<br />

auto shut off.<br />

F.W. and S.W. pressure pumps next to accumulators on the Stb. side. Open<br />

bleed screw on top of S.S. pump barrel if air is present. A spare pump is stored<br />

near pumps in use.<br />

OPERATIONS<br />

1. Pump out Aft Peak: Use main bilge pump, Open valves:<br />

• Fill/suction in tunnel<br />

• Overboard discharge<br />

• Ballast suction on bilge pump manifold<br />

• Start bilge pump, crack sea suction initially to assist prime.<br />

2. Fill Aft Peak: At main bilge pump, Open valves:<br />

• Sea suction<br />

• Ballast fill (above pump)<br />

• Suction/fill (tunnel) valves. Turn on pump.<br />

Append 2.12 - Pumps.docx 1 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

3. Pump out Fore Peak: At General Service/standby pump, Open valves:<br />

• Overboard discharge<br />

• Bilge/ballast discharge near pump<br />

• Fill/suction behind sink wash accumulator<br />

• Ballast suction (fwd end bulk oil tank)<br />

• Start pump and crack S.W. suction initially to assist prime.<br />

4. Fill Fore Peak: Open valves:<br />

• Sea suction (aft end bulk oil tank)<br />

• Ballast fill (stb side bulk oil tank)<br />

• Fill/suction behind sink wash accumulator<br />

• Bilge/ballast discharge (near pump). Turn on pump.<br />

5. Emergency S.W. cooling, M.E., use Gen. Service Pump:<br />

Open Valves<br />

• Both overboard discharge, (M.E. and Gen. Service)<br />

• M.E. Delivery and Sea and M.E. suction, near pump<br />

• Emergency S.W. sea inlet, front of engine<br />

• Close M.E. sea inlet and start pump. Regulate flow through M.E. by adjusting<br />

flow through Gen. service overboard discharge valve.<br />

6. M.E. Emergency F.W. Circulating, use Gen. Service pump:<br />

Reverse all 3 spectacle plates and open valves to allow flow of coolant through<br />

pump. Start Gen. Service pump.<br />

* Note: The emergency S.W. cooling and emergency F.W. circulating system will<br />

not operate if the respective main engine driven pump seal has failed, as there is<br />

no way to isolate these pumps, and water will flow to E.R. bilge and not through the<br />

engine.<br />

7. Pump out Sewerage Tank: (has high level alarm)<br />

• Open overboard discharge valve, Pt side near fire hose box<br />

• Switch to manual, on. approx 9 mins to empty full tank<br />

• Do not run pump dry<br />

• Remember to close discharge valve<br />

• Pump out to shore tanker is via 21/2” Camlock outlet on inside of Pt funnel<br />

Selection of other Camlocks in battery locker<br />

• Open valve inside of overboard discharge in E.R., start truck suction pump, then<br />

turn sewerage tank pump to on, manual.<br />

8. Pump E.R. Bilge to Sludge Tank: (on monkey Island)<br />

• Open bilge suction and sludge discharge valves near pump<br />

• Turn on main bilge pump. Open S.W. suction briefly to assist prime. Use large<br />

“L” port valve, inside of Port funnel to direct any overflow back to bilge. * This<br />

valve also allows discharge of tank to road truck via Camlock coupling.<br />

Append 2.12 - Pumps.docx 2 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

9. Pump Out/Fill Brine Tanks<br />

To pump out, open screw lift suction valves on tanks and butterfly suction and discharge<br />

valves on both centrifugal pumps in tunnel. Open overboard discharge and start pumps.<br />

To fill tanks, open sea suction (leading from sea chest inlet valve) in fish hold, and suction<br />

valve on Stb. centrifugal pump in tunnel. Open fill butterfly valves to both outboard fill lines<br />

in tunnel and start pump.<br />

Note: The single fill line only allows one pump to be used to fill tanks, time approx 90<br />

minutes. Both pumps can be used to empty tanks, time approx 45 minutes.<br />

Append 2.12 - Pumps.docx 3 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2.13<br />

ENGINE ROOM - STEERING AND EMERGENCY STEERING<br />

• Wagner single acting double ram system with dual 3 phase electric pumps (Wagner<br />

T15) and a manual hand pump for emergency steering. One or both pumps may be<br />

used during vessel operations.<br />

• A self contained system in Stb. aft space with header tank (low level alarm), solenoid<br />

control (by wire from bridge) and relief valves. Spare solenoids in ply box behind log<br />

desk in E.R.<br />

• Header tank in steering space has a sight gauge for oil level and a low level alarm. Oil<br />

used is Fuchs 46 or Mobil DTE 24.<br />

BEFORE DEPARTURE EMERGENCY STEERING CHECK<br />

• Crew member, with radio contact to bridge, uses emergency helm pump in steering<br />

space to turn rudder 35 deg port and starboard, and then back to midships.<br />

• This helm pump operates as soon as the electric pumps stop, with no valves to open<br />

or shut.<br />

• Grease the 5 grease points on stock daily.<br />

EMERGENCY OPERATION<br />

• Crew with UHF radio go to steering space and sit on frame behind manual helm pump.<br />

• Watch rudder indicator (white steel rod pointer off stock) and follow helm instructions<br />

via the radio.<br />

• A gyro compass repeater, which is normally left off, may be turned on to steer a<br />

constant bearing. Get permission from bridge before turning on repeater.<br />

Append 2.13 - Steering.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

ALARM PANEL FAILURE (NO POWER)<br />

APPENDIX 2.14<br />

ENGINE ROOM - ALARM PANEL OPERATION<br />

• Check the fuse on the 24V DC switchboard (next to galley). Fuse is located on top<br />

with white marking (15).<br />

• Fuse OK, go to lower 24V DC power supply and turn far left 24V main switch to off,<br />

wait 15 secs, turn on again. Check voltmeter to see power is back on.<br />

• Still no power to alarms, check relays in control box below UMS alarm panel in E.R.<br />

(when toggle switch is opened, wait 30 secs before switching on again).<br />

• Other fault finding, go to chapter 9 in Decca Manual.<br />

SELF CHECK<br />

Press “Channel”, then “Change”, then “Test/Delete”.<br />

PROGRAM CHANNELS (CHANGE PARAMETERS)<br />

• Can only be performed from VDU on bridge. Instructions in manual are for the alarm<br />

panel in E.R., however this will not work.<br />

• Password may be found in Decca Alarm Manual in Chief Engineer’s cabin (bookshelf<br />

above Mach. Alarm).<br />

• Faulty channels may be reprogrammed in a spare channel.<br />

• The two wire system to alarm senders has 1 power wire and 1 data cable. These<br />

can only be connected to senders one way (do not reverse). The senders on the salt<br />

water cooling may need cleaning with rust stain remover if seized, and filling with a<br />

non washout grease.<br />

READ OUTS<br />

• F.W. soundings, full is 2 metres. Any readings above this is simply water in the fill<br />

pipe. Tanks are empty when reading is approx 3 metre.<br />

SPARES<br />

Some spare alarm cards in E.R. spares locker in lower accommodation.<br />

BRIDGE V.D.U. OPERATION<br />

Keypad: Only the keys necessary for bridge operation are shown below.<br />

Text<br />

Bar<br />

Alarms Groups 7 8 9 Screen<br />

4 5 6 Silence<br />

1 2 3<br />

0 Action<br />

Append 2.14 - Alarm.docx 1 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

1. Press “Screen” until screen scrolls to blank display. Press “Screen” once more.<br />

2. Press “Groups” and Group Menu will appear.<br />

3. Select the No. of the group you want to display and then press “Action”.<br />

4. Readouts for selected group plus alarm points will appear.<br />

5. To view displayed readouts in a graphical form, press “Text Bar”.<br />

WHEN ALARM SOUNDS<br />

1. Press Silence.<br />

2. Press “Alarms” to display latest alarm.<br />

3. Verify engineer is attending and standby for further instructions, if any.<br />

Append 2.14 - Alarm.docx 2 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

FUEL CLARIFIER OPERATION<br />

APPENDIX 2.15<br />

ENGINE ROOM - CLARIFIER/PURIFIER OPERATION<br />

• Open valve from D.B. and valve today tank at day tank plumbing.<br />

• Open to and from fuel valves and to (or meter) and from ball valves at purifier and<br />

screw down (open) liquid seal valve.<br />

• Turn on clarifier and allow to run up to speed with regulator valve closed.<br />

• Turn on fuel transfer pump briefly to assist prime if necessary.<br />

• When up to speed, open regulator valve to set flow rate and set discharge ball valve to<br />

register 2 bar discharge pressure (lower gauge).<br />

• Set air regulator to 60 psi and then turn on liquid seal valve and hold with air pressure<br />

(valves on heater closed and by-pass valve open).<br />

• Transfer fuel up to 2.8 ton level in day tank.<br />

HYDRAULIC OIL CLARIFIER OPERATION<br />

• Open liquid seal, to and from valves on tank bulkhead and clarifier (7 in all).<br />

• Turn on clarifier and bring up to speed with regulator valve closed.<br />

• Turn on heater, open heater valves and close heater by-pass valve, allow oil to reach<br />

the set temperature while circulating through heater (oil will by-pass clarifier bowl due<br />

to regulator valve closed).<br />

• Open top metering valve, then set to desired flow rate as oil circulates through heater<br />

and clarifier and back to tank. Set back pressure to 2 bar.<br />

• With air pressure on, turn on liquid seal valve and hold with air pressure.<br />

LUBE OIL CLARIFIER OPERATION<br />

• Open to and from valves near M.E. sump and to and from valves at clarifier and screw<br />

down liquid seal valve (7 in all).<br />

• With Main Engine running and oil hot, turn on clarifier with top regulator valve closed.<br />

• Circulate oil through clarifier slowly, using top regulator control valve. Set back<br />

pressure to 2 bar, and with air pressure on, turn on liquid seal control with heater<br />

valves closed and heater by-pass valve open.<br />

Append 2.15 - Clarifier_Purifier.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2.16<br />

ENGINE ROOM - STANDING ORDERS FOR ENGINEERS ON SURVEY CHARTER<br />

Chief Engineer on duty 0600 to 1200 and 1800 to 2400 and will fill out engine room log at<br />

1200. (For previous 12 hrs).<br />

Second Engineer on duty 1200 to 1800 and 0000 to 0600 and will fill out engine room log<br />

at 0000. Note: Watch times may be varied.<br />

Duty Engineer will be awake and be able to be contacted by bridge at all times during their<br />

watch.<br />

Portable UHF radios will be used by duty Engineer while on watch.<br />

Engine room to be manned continuously only when directed to do so by Officer of the<br />

watch.<br />

The Duty Engineer will respond to engine room alarms. All machinery failures to be<br />

reported to the Chief Engineer, who may be called at any time while on charter.<br />

Discharge of sewerage holding tank may be performed outside three miles from the coast<br />

and must be recorded in Effluent Log.<br />

The fuel oil day tank is to be topped up through the clarifier (using meter) to no less than<br />

2.8 tonnes in the period before the log is filled out.<br />

Follow routine maintenance procedures while on passage.<br />

Chief Engineer Bluefin.<br />

Append 2.16 - Standing Orders.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2.17<br />

ENGINE ROOM - STANDARD OPERATING PROCEDURES<br />

1. Start Ships generators – Change over from Shore Power<br />

2. Start Main Engine<br />

3-4. Parallel Alternators<br />

5. Restore power<br />

6. Start Emergency Fire Pump<br />

7. Start Refrigeration, Blast Freezer, Air conditioner<br />

8. Hydraulics<br />

9. Electrical Distribution<br />

10. Bilge Alarms<br />

11. Pumps and Pump Systems<br />

12. Steering and Emergency Steering<br />

13. Alarm Panel Operation<br />

14. Purifier<br />

15. Standing Orders for Engineers on Charter<br />

Append 2.17 - Op Procedures.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2.18<br />

ENGINE ROOM - VALVES ON THROUGH HULL FITTINGS<br />

MAY 2009 SLIPPING<br />

No PORT E.R. No STARBOARD E.R.<br />

1 SEACHEST 2 SEACHEST<br />

9 Alt S. W. COOLING DISCHARGE 3 M E COOLING DISCHARGE<br />

10 SEWERAGE DISCHARGE 4 STANDBY PUMP DISCHARGE<br />

11 SEACHEST AIR VENT VALVE 5 A/C S. W. DISCHARGE<br />

12 SINK DRAIN DISCHARGE -<br />

FLAPPER<br />

6 BILGE / BALLAST DISCHARGE<br />

7 FRIG CONDENSOR DISCHARGE<br />

PORT ELSEWHERE 8 FISH ROOM AFT BALLAST<br />

DISCHARGE<br />

15 STEERING BILGE DISCHARGE 13 SEACHEST AIR VENT VALVE<br />

16 CHAIN LOCKER DISCHARGE 14 SINK DRAIN DISCHARGE - FLAPPER<br />

20 EM. FIRE P/P EXHAUST<br />

DISCHARGE<br />

STARBOAD ELSEWHERE<br />

17 EMER. FIRE PUMP SUCTION<br />

18 FIRE PUMP SEA CHEST AIR VENT<br />

TANKS INSPECTED<br />

19 EVAP. DRAIN IN LAUNDRY -<br />

FLAPPER<br />

1 F.O.DAY TANK 3 Stb. F.O. D.B.<br />

2 Pt. LUBE OIL 4 Stb. HYD OIL<br />

NOTE: A through hull fitting, Fwd port bow, is blanked off in frig solenoid control room.<br />

The two refrigeration condenser S.W. suction valves were checked in 2009.<br />

Drain valve for cool-room is accessed through ceiling in ladies shower.<br />

Checked by AMSA on 12/5/09 – O.K.<br />

New gasket fitted to Stb F.O., Pt L.O. manholes.<br />

Strainers (3) in hydraulic tank cleaned.<br />

New gaskets and packing in all valves. One new spindle, main sea chest valve.<br />

Append 2.18 - Valves.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2.19<br />

ENGINE ROOM - MACHINERY SOP (OLD)<br />

ENGINE ROOM MACHINERY OPERATION REMINDER (STAFF ONLY)<br />

Pump out Poop Tank<br />

1. Check the level by gauge rod daily.<br />

2. Open overboard valve located port side next to fire box.<br />

3. Switch sewerage pump to manual. It takes approx 4 mins to empty ½ tank. Do not<br />

run dry, leave about 3 – 4” in tank. Record time, position, quantity in log.<br />

4. Do not forget to shut the overboard discharge valve.<br />

5. With vessel alongside, may need pumping every 2 weeks.<br />

Accommodation Ventilation<br />

1. One supply fan, two return fans, one galley fan.<br />

2. Recommend all fans be switched off while vessel alongside.<br />

3. All switches are located inside the air conditioning fan room.<br />

For total Alarm Panel failure (No Power)<br />

1. Check fuses on 24V DC switchboard (next to galley) and the fuse located on top with<br />

white marking (15).<br />

2. If fuse OK, then open the lower power box, turn the top “on/off” power pack switch to<br />

off, then back on after 10 secs.<br />

3. Check relays in lower panel box if still no power.<br />

Start Domestic Freezer and Chiller<br />

Switch on main circuit breaker (direct onto bus bars) and distribution switch on control<br />

panel.<br />

Close freezer and chiller doors, switch on the main switch and two solenoid valves<br />

switches located port side of dry provision store.<br />

Check sea water cooling valves are open on fwd S.W. cooling pump.<br />

Switch on the S.W. cooling pump first, then switch on refrigeration compressor.<br />

To Start Ships Generators<br />

1. Check lube oil sump level, open all S.W. cooling valves, check level fresh water<br />

header tank, check fuel supply valve is open, check exhaust drain is closed.<br />

2. Switch to GLOW for 30 seconds, then start engine.<br />

3. Once engine running, check lube oil pressure OK in green range.<br />

4. Wait 5 minutes for engine to warm up. If paralleling, turn synchronising switch to the<br />

generator already on load.<br />

Append 2.19 - Machinery.docx 1 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Change Over from Shore Power<br />

1. Switch shore power breaker to “off”, then move the interlock key (turning<br />

anticlockwise) from shore power board and insert in AG 1 & 2 switchboard and turn on<br />

(clockwise).<br />

2. Select the main circuit breaker for the generator running, turn synchronising switch to<br />

that genset and push down first then lift up for breaker on.<br />

3. The refrigeration circuit breaker might trip off by this change over. If so switch on<br />

cooling pump first, then the compressor.<br />

Append 2.19 - Machinery.docx 2 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 3.0<br />

DECK OPERATION RELATED DOCUMENTS – CONTENTS PAGE<br />

Appendix 3.1 Deck Operation<br />

Appendix 3.2 Tender Launch and Recovery<br />

Appendix 3.3 Anchor Watch<br />

Appendix 3.4 Pre-sea Watchkeeping<br />

Appendix 3.5 Liferaft Drill Work<br />

Appendix 3.6 Shooting and Retrieving Trawl Equipment<br />

Appendix 3.7 Dredge Shooting and Retrieving<br />

Appendix 3.8 Crab Fishing<br />

Appendix 3.9 Demersal Longline Equipment<br />

Append 3.0 - Contents Page.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 3.1<br />

DECK OPERATION - DERRICK OPERATION<br />

SHIP’S DERRICK LIFTING PROCEDURES<br />

Outline<br />

For the loading and discharging of ship’s equipment, stores, cargo and other items from<br />

ship to shore and vice versa or for the movement of deck cargo and gear whilst at sea, the<br />

following is to be carried out in the interests of preventing personal injury or damage to<br />

ship’s deck machinery.<br />

Transferring loads whilst alongside<br />

If items cannot be transferred easily from ship to shore by means of carrying it up or down<br />

the ship’s official access way, then it is to be lifted and swung aboard using the ship’s<br />

derrick. Lifting loads and passing them by hand across the gap between the ship’s side<br />

and jetty, is not permitted.<br />

For the transfer of such materials, the ship has an approved, steel lifting basket that is to<br />

be used when appropriate. For all other items, certificated lifting strops, chains and<br />

shackles are to be used only.<br />

Over the years, specialised lifting equipment has been developed for the transfer of loaded<br />

fish bins, small consignments and drums of different fishing gear and fishing nets etc.<br />

These arrangements will continue for use with fishing gear only and are not to be used for<br />

any other materials handling whatever.<br />

Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) and Communications<br />

Throughout any of the following deck operations involving the use of the ship’s derrick, or<br />

whilst working in conjunction with a shore-side crane(s), all persons employed on those<br />

tasks shall wear high visibility clothing, hard-hat, safety boots, gloves and, if necessary,<br />

safety glasses. If working in a basket over the ship’s side or working from a boat, a life vest<br />

shall be worn also.<br />

Standard, recognised, industry, hand signals are to be used to control the derrick (see<br />

attached diagrams for Crane Signals). If verbal orders are necessary but it is not<br />

practicable due to surrounding noise etc, then communication will be conducted using an<br />

agreed UHF channel. (Deploying and retrieving survey equipment is normally done by<br />

UHF R/T).<br />

Operation of the derrick<br />

Under NO circumstances is anyone other than a member of the ship’s crew or an AMC<br />

lecturer, specifically experienced in the use of this particular machinery, permitted to<br />

operate the ship’s derrick.<br />

Append 3.1 - Derrick.docx 1 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Students under instruction and involved in a practical training exercise showing how to use<br />

the derrick in the working environment, are the responsibility of the lecturer running that<br />

class. The lecturer must obtain permission from a member of the ship’s crew prior to using<br />

the derrick and clearly demonstrate its operation to students before allowing them to use<br />

the controls.<br />

During such an exercise, the lecturer will be close to the operating controls at all times<br />

should it be necessary to assume immediate, overall control.<br />

Any personnel other than those detailed to assist in derrick operations, are to keep well<br />

clear of the working area. The person in charge has authority to ‘STOP WORK’ and order<br />

persons to ‘KEEP CLEAR’. Such an order can be transmitted using the public address<br />

system to the main deck (the microphone is on the control console). Work is only to be<br />

resumed when the area is safe.<br />

Tag Line(s)<br />

A tag line(s), of sufficient length that it may be passed from ship to shore, is to be attached<br />

throughout the process of transferring loads to prevent it swinging and to assist in its<br />

positioning.<br />

Power supply<br />

Only the ‘Stand by’ hydraulic pump may be used for derrick operation. NEVER use ‘Main’<br />

hydraulics. The main supply runs off the main engines and generates too much power to<br />

control the derrick in a safe and steady fashion.<br />

Using the derrick at sea<br />

Great care is to be exercised when using the derrick while the ship is at sea. Under no<br />

circumstances should the equipment be used whilst the ship is rolling. The vessel’s<br />

movement must be limited to the bare minimum necessary to maintain steerage only in a<br />

following or head sea and swell. At no time is the load to be raised any higher than the<br />

absolute minimum sufficient to move it to a new location. Tag lines MUST be attached<br />

securely and attended constantly until the operation is complete.<br />

Using the derrick to launch or retrieve the ship’s tender<br />

The reader’s attention is drawn to the specific instructions and procedure “Ship’s Tender<br />

Launch and Recovery” located in the Operational Safety and Training Manual prior to<br />

attempting any boat/derrick exercise. There is a real potential for damage and danger.<br />

Seek assistance from someone who has done this before.<br />

Append 3.1 - Derrick.docx 2 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 3.2<br />

DECK OPERATION - TENDER LAUNCH AND RECOVERY<br />

OBJECTIVE AND DESCRIPTION<br />

To safely launch and recover the ship’s 5m tender using the derrick. This boat is equipped<br />

with twin 50hp outboard motors, navigation lights, searchlight and marine VHF Radio<br />

telephone.<br />

The vessel is used for:<br />

1. Carrying out various fishing operations<br />

2. Ship to shore personnel transfer<br />

3. Transfer of stores and equipment and<br />

4. As a vessel in attendance to life-raft drill training exercises.<br />

This vessel is NOT a designated Rescue Boat as defined in Marine orders.<br />

DANGERS<br />

1. This boat may only be operated by qualified member(s) of the ship’s crew. If a<br />

student coxwains the boat, it may only be done so under the closest supervision of a<br />

ship’s crewmember.<br />

2. The boat may only be launched in sheltered waters or in open water where an<br />

absolute minimum of vessel rolling occurs. Sea conditions MUST be carefully<br />

observed prior to launch or recovery of this boat. In moderate to rough conditions, the<br />

boat may be launched whilst the ship maintains steerage speed and describing a<br />

tight circle to port. The smooth water created on the inside of the turning circle is<br />

ideal for emergency deployment. Coincide launch with swell pattern and period.<br />

Experiment.<br />

3. Using the derrick to launch the boat, the effect of a suspended load will be<br />

immediately transferred to the derrick head, making the ship a little “tender” with the<br />

derrick “topped”. This induces a pendulum motion for the boat with rapidly<br />

deteriorating consequences if the boat is not controlled by taglines fore and aft and if<br />

the derrick is not operated by an experienced member of the ship’s crew.<br />

4. Due to the difficulty of launch and recovery and the erratic, sometimes violent<br />

movement of the boat once hoisted clear of the cradle, or water, NO-ONE should be<br />

aboard once the lifting strops have been attached.<br />

5. Although the ship is equipped with bulwark doors on both sides for getting into or out<br />

of the tender, the boat is to be launched and recovered by derrick on the port side<br />

only when out at sea.<br />

6. Only the ‘Standby’ hydraulic pump is to be used. (The main hydraulics are too fast for<br />

this operation).<br />

Append 3.2 - Tender.docx 1 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

PERSONNEL REQUIRED<br />

1. Qualified and experienced AMC staff/crew boat coxswain.<br />

2. Two persons to attend fore and aft taglines and/or painters.<br />

3. One experienced crewmember to operate the derrick using Standby Hydraulics.<br />

4. One crew member to act as a dogman using approved hand signals only.<br />

5. All personnel associated with these ops will be appropriately dressed including hard<br />

hats, PFD’s and safety boots.<br />

PROCEDURE<br />

1. Check UHF and VHF communications and designate channels.<br />

2. Check drain plugs, fuel and navigation lights.<br />

3. Remove ship’s side railing from seaward side of boat.<br />

4. Release boat lashings.<br />

5. Top derrick, slew and attach hook to lifting strops fore and aft.<br />

6. Coxswain disembarks when the slack is taken up.<br />

7. Pass aft painter (tagline) to assistant on deck.<br />

8. For’d painter (tagline) attended by assistant at the bow of boat.<br />

9. Raise boat from cradle and slew outboard quickly and carefully.<br />

10. Lower to waterline as soon as possible.<br />

11. Use painters and taglines to secure the boat firmly alongside.<br />

12. Coxswain embarks, disconnects strops and hook.<br />

13. Derrick wire and hook is to be controlled by tagline as soon as possible.<br />

14. Derrick should be returned to the stowed position during longer exercises.<br />

15. Secure hook to a strong point on deck and take up slack on the wire.<br />

16. Turn off hydraulics.<br />

To stow the boat, is the same procedure in reverse.<br />

TRANSFER OF PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT<br />

1. This is done adjacent to the ship’s side doors except for the coxswain who will use<br />

the port side door when launching or recovering the boat.<br />

2. The coxswain will instruct persons when to embark or disembark.<br />

3. Persons on deck are to have a life ring ready for immediate deployment and are to<br />

standby ready to assist as required.<br />

4. Heavy loads may be transferred using the derrick. In which case the coxswain is<br />

responsible in the boat and experienced ship’s crew are responsible on deck and at<br />

the derrick.<br />

5. The Bluefin’s Master suggests a maximum complement as follows depending on the<br />

volume of additional luggage and equipment etc.<br />

Calm/fine weather: - Coxswain + 7 persons = 8<br />

Moderate/rough weather: - Coxswain + 4 persons = 5<br />

Append 3.2 - Tender.docx 2 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

PRE-OPERATION CHECKLIST: SHIP’S TENDER LAUNCH AND RECOVERY<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Number of personnel in boat (See notes on operation).<br />

Experienced and qualified crew are ready to conduct operation.<br />

All crew understand their role(s).<br />

PFD’s, hard hats and safety boots worn appropriately.<br />

Boat has sufficient fuel, navigation lights, searchlight, emergency equipment<br />

and PFD’s if picking people up from ashore or another vessel.<br />

UHF/VHF communication equipment tested.<br />

Master/OOW informed of intended departure or arrival.<br />

Operation outline has been read and understood.<br />

Pre-operation brief has been attended.<br />

Signed: Master<br />

Mate<br />

2 nd Officer<br />

Chief Engineer<br />

AMC Staff<br />

Append 3.2 - Tender.docx 3 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Anchor watch standing orders<br />

APPENDIX 3.3<br />

DECK OPERATION - ANCHOR WATCH<br />

• If vessel moves outside red anchor alarm circle on c plot call the Master cabin 1<br />

immediately.<br />

• Watchkeepers are not to leave the wheelhouse unattended, except to visit the toilet<br />

or wake the next watchkeeper.<br />

• Watchkeepers are not to leave bridge until relieved by the next watchkeeper.<br />

• Vessels position, Lat and Long + 2 radar ranges as directed by the Master, wind<br />

speed and direction, water depth, to be recorded in the anchor log every hour.<br />

• If there is a sudden increase in wind speed or change of direction call the Master<br />

cabin 1 immediately.<br />

• If in any doubt call the Master.<br />

• Do so in ample time better too soon than too late.<br />

These orders may be supplemented by additional orders.<br />

Chris Lambert<br />

Master <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin.<br />

Append 3.3 - Anchor.docx 1 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Anchorage: _________________________________________________ Date: _____ / _____ / _____<br />

Time Latitude South Longitude East Range 1 Range 2 Wind Dir Wind Speed Depth<br />

1800<br />

1900<br />

2000<br />

2100<br />

2200<br />

2300<br />

2400<br />

0100<br />

0200<br />

0300<br />

0400<br />

0500<br />

0600<br />

0700<br />

0800<br />

0900<br />

1000<br />

1100<br />

1200<br />

1300<br />

1400<br />

1500<br />

1600<br />

1700<br />

Append 3.3 - Anchor.docx 2 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

TRAINING OUTLINE<br />

APPENDIX 3.4<br />

DECK OPERATION - PRE-SEA WATCHKEEPING<br />

The training ship Bluefin will depart AMC Beauty Point and proceed to sea for a voyage of<br />

five days. During this period all pre-sea students will be introduced to bridge watchkeeping<br />

and should, by the end of the voyage, have completed a list of practical tasks on the<br />

subject. As a result, students will gain a thorough understanding of the duties and<br />

responsibilities carried out by the officer of the watch (OOW) aboard a standard merchant<br />

vessel, in addition to practising correct bridge etiquette and communication.<br />

Students will be divided into small groups of two to four persons, and will attend the<br />

assigned watchkeeping hours under the supervision of the duty OOW. Extra classes in<br />

navigation and seamanship will be held in the chartroom by an AMC Lecturer.<br />

For the most part, the practical tasks will be similar to, or the same as, those watchkeeping<br />

tasks, calculations and ship simulator exercises taught in theory at the AMC campuses.<br />

The training ship’s voyage therefore, is structured to show how all the different learning<br />

outcomes established in the classroom ashore, are now brought together to demonstrate<br />

practical ship operation.<br />

TRAINING SUPERVISION<br />

There will be one ship’s officer on the bridge and one AMC Lecturer available during<br />

normal working hours, to give assistance and advice in carrying out prescribed tasks and<br />

exercises.<br />

The OOW will occupy the wheelhouse and chart table area, and the lecturer will use the<br />

chartroom space except when demonstrating particular instruments or practice. The<br />

sharing of space shall be agreed with the OOW and is not to interfere with the duty of<br />

keeping a safe navigation watch.<br />

SUMMARY OF LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

Watchkeeping practice, bridge equipment and controls will be explained by the OOW<br />

during a student’s first attendance on the bridge. Thereafter, each member of the<br />

watchkeeping group will take it in turns to complete the following practical tasks.<br />

• Hand steer for one hour using the gyrocompass<br />

• Use correct helm orders, responses and handover procedure<br />

• Act as lookout and report sightings using correct terminology<br />

• Enter correct information in the Bridge Movement Book<br />

• Collect and enter the information required in the Deck<br />

Log<br />

• Establish the magnetic and gyrocompass errors<br />

• Demonstrate how to obtain terrestrial and celestial bearings using the azimuth ring.<br />

Append 3.4 - Watchkeeping.docx 1 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

• Determine if a risk of collision exists using visual and radar bearings<br />

• Apply the Collision Regulations<br />

• Work out and plot a DR position<br />

• Calculate the ETA at a waypoint or destination<br />

• Correct and plot three visual bearings on the chart, to establish the ship’s position in<br />

latitude and longitude.<br />

• Use radar ranges to find the ship’s position on the chart<br />

• Check gyro repeater alignment against the master compass<br />

• Assess the prevailing weather conditions<br />

• Read and plot the ship’s position by DGPS<br />

• Regularly plot the ship’s progress using a combination of methods.<br />

• Adjust courses for set and drift to maintain the charted track<br />

• Identify navigation marks, contours and coastal features using<br />

Chart 5011<br />

• Monitor VHF, MF, DSC<br />

and Inmarsat C communications<br />

POTENTIAL HAZARDS<br />

Frequently the vessel will be close inshore and a high level of vigilance is required. The<br />

OOW is not a lecturer and does not have the time for lengthy explanation and teaching<br />

which may detract from maintaining a proper watch.<br />

Keeping<br />

a poor lookout, charting inaccurate positions, incorrect logbook information<br />

and<br />

steering a meandering course are all caused through inexperience among trainees.<br />

Unauthorised persons fiddling with unfamiliar equipment may cause poor instrument<br />

performance<br />

and affect the overall control of a situation. Adjustments are only to be<br />

applied with the OOW’s knowledge.<br />

The deck above the wheelhouse, the Monkey Island, is a radiation hazard. Under no<br />

circumstances is anyone permitted on that deck without the express permission of the<br />

OOW.<br />

Even when<br />

this is granted, communications and radar equipment is to be isolated<br />

and tagged.<br />

CAUTION<br />

The OOW remains responsible for all aspects of bridge watchkeeping<br />

and has direct<br />

control over all systems throughout the appointed hours of duty.<br />

•<br />

•<br />

Training students is secondary to maintaining a safe navigation<br />

watch<br />

Call the Master immediately, if assistance is required.<br />

Note: The Bluefin is a very small ship and likely to pitch and roll even in slight to<br />

moderate sea conditions. Drowsiness caused by medication taken to avoid<br />

seasickness may induce a lack of awareness among bridge watchkeepers and<br />

students. At times,<br />

the vessel’s movement can be quite rapid and violent. Be careful<br />

negotiating stairs and doorways, particularly when<br />

going onto the bridge wings in<br />

rough weather.<br />

Append 3.4 - Watchkeeping.docx 2 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

PRE-OPERATION CHECKLIST PRE-SEA WATCHKEEPING<br />

VOYAGE 1<br />

Student Roles undertaken: 1 Helm, 2 Lookout, 3 Position fixing, 4 Logbook<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Radar ON<br />

Chartroom ECDIS ON<br />

DGPS/GPS ON<br />

AIS ON<br />

Helm Manual/Auto ON<br />

Rudder Indicator ON<br />

Course Recorder ON<br />

Main Echo Sounder ON<br />

Main Echo Sounder Alarm ON<br />

Second Echo Sounder OFF (Standby)<br />

Doppler log ON<br />

GMDSS Comms ON<br />

VHF Comms ON<br />

UHF Comms OFF (Standby)<br />

Anchors Secured for sea (except during pilotage)<br />

The OOW remains fully responsible for all navigation watch-keeping duties. Masters prevoyage<br />

brief attended<br />

Signed: Master<br />

Chief Officer<br />

2 nd Officer<br />

Lecturer<br />

Lecturer<br />

Append 3.4 - Watchkeeping.docx 3 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 3.5<br />

DECK OPERATION - LIFERAFT DRILL WORK<br />

SUMMARY OF LEARNING OBJECTIVES<br />

TRAINING OUTLINE: LIFERAFT DRILL<br />

The exercise is structured to train students in the processes of abandoning a vessel at sea<br />

successfully deploying an inflatable liferaft, and organising the personnel at the Muster<br />

Station to board and depart the ship safely. Following a thorough briefing and exercise<br />

description by the Master, a student will command the liferaft in the exercise and, control<br />

the sequence of events leading to abandonment of the vessel under the watchful eyes of<br />

supervising ship’s crew members who must be prepared to overrule any practice which<br />

they may deem to be unsafe or contrary to recognised procedures.<br />

Only specifically trained personnel who have attained qualifications in survival craft will be<br />

allowed to participate in this exercise.<br />

Prior to liferaft launch and following its recovery, the ship’s boat will be deployed to monitor<br />

the raft and occupants and to maintain UHF/VHF contact with the ship should a student<br />

need transfer as a result of illness or injury.<br />

SUPERVISION AND SUPERVISORS<br />

POSITION DUTY STATION COMMUNICATIONS<br />

MASTER In Command Bridge UHF/VHF<br />

Chief Engineer Assist Mate L/R location UHF<br />

Mate 1/C Deck L/R location UHF<br />

2 nd Mate Coxswain Rescue Boat UHF/VHF<br />

AMC Lecturer Assist Bridge/Deck UHF<br />

POTENTIAL HAZARDS AND PRECAUTIONS TO AVOID THEM<br />

1. Incorrect issue of commands leading to wrong action; supervising personnel MUST<br />

be fully aware and ready to countermand poor or incorrectly made decision.<br />

2. Persons falling overboard through ship’s side door; all liferaft personnel must wear<br />

SOLAS life jackets.<br />

3. Sheltered embarkation area at rescue door; the ship must be stopped in the water<br />

and drifting with the wind on the port side to provide a lee for raft and boat<br />

operations.<br />

4. Long lengths of liferaft synthetic ropes, i.e. painter and bowsing tackle, sea anchor<br />

may sink and foul propeller; ship’s main engine must be “CLUTCHED OUT” prior to<br />

commencement of liferaft launch or recovery.<br />

Append 3.5 - Liferaft.docx 1 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

5. Difficulty in embarking/disembarking liferaft; observe and await the optimum moment<br />

for transfer, persons should assist each other.<br />

6. In the event of a person falling into the sea; a life ring and attached line is to be<br />

immediately available close to ship’s side door.<br />

7. Suitable clothing including safety boots must be worn.<br />

8. Manoeuvring close to the life raft for pick-up; when the raft is within range, heaving<br />

lines are to be used to haul it to the ship’s side. The sea anchor should be retrieved<br />

at this time.<br />

9. Suspended loads; if the ship’s derrick is used to recover the raft, all persons on deck<br />

must wear safety helmets.<br />

10. Ship’s derrick; is to be operated only by an experienced ship’s crew member or<br />

experienced AMC staff member.<br />

Append 3.5 - Liferaft.docx 2 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

PRE-EXERCISE CHECKLIST LIFERAFT DRILL<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

Number of liferaft occupants not to exceed capacity of raft.<br />

All participants in exercise must have completed survival craft training.<br />

All supervising personnel understand their role(s) throughout exercise.<br />

Liferaft exercise briefing completed.<br />

UHF communications tested between personnel equipped with handheld<br />

radios.<br />

VHF communication tested between Rescue Boat and Bridge.<br />

Approved lifejackets, hard hats, suitable clothing and work boots to be worn<br />

by liferaft occupants.<br />

Personal Floatation Device (PFD), suitable clothing and work boots to be<br />

worn by deck personnel supervising/assisting on deck.<br />

Rescue boat’s crew is aware of liferaft towing points.<br />

Training outline has been read and understood by all ship’s crew involved in<br />

the exercise.<br />

Signed: Master<br />

Mate<br />

2 nd Officer<br />

Chief Engineer<br />

AMC Staff<br />

Append 3.5 - Liferaft.docx 3 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 3.6<br />

DECK OPERATION - SHOOTING AND RETRIEVING TRAWL EQUIPMENT<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

• To safely shoot and haul the trawl net and spill the cod-end<br />

• To prevent personal injury or damage to the ship and<br />

• To minimise impact on the marine environment.<br />

POLICY GUIDELINES<br />

• Navigation Act 1912<br />

• Marine Orders<br />

• AMSA<br />

• Tasmania OH&S Legislation<br />

• Living Marine Resources Act 1995<br />

• Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act.<br />

DEFINITIONS AND ACRONYMS<br />

Ship’s crew Master the person in command of the vessel<br />

Bridge crew Master, 1 st Mate, 2 nd Mate<br />

Academics The academic staff member responsible for the standard of<br />

delivery and assessment of the trainee<br />

Students An AMC student involved in the activity<br />

Passengers Guests of the AMC/UTASs (an observer, non participant)<br />

Shooting The process of deploying the trawl net and trawl boards at the<br />

start of trawl operation<br />

Hauling The process of retrieving the trawl net and trawl boards at the<br />

end of a trawl operation<br />

Warp Steel wire rope joining the trawl boards to the vessel<br />

Warp winch The hydraulically operated drum on which the warp is stored<br />

Warp winch brake The stopping device fitted to the warp drums<br />

Net drum Used for the stowage of the net and sweeps<br />

Net drum break The stopping device fitted to the net drum<br />

Cod-end The end of the net where the catch accumulates<br />

Spilling cod-end Lifting, moving and opening the loaded cod-end to release the<br />

catch<br />

Net The trawl net system including all mesh, cod-end, headline,<br />

footrope, ground gear, bridles and sweeps<br />

Trawling The act of deploying and retrieving the trawl net and components,<br />

including the time the gear is in the water<br />

Boards Otter boards use to spread the wing-ends as well as maintain the<br />

seabed contact of the net<br />

Stern ramp The ramp at the centre of the stern<br />

Ramp doors The doors that close off the stern ramp<br />

G links Used to attach various trawl components<br />

Append 3.6 - Trawl Equip.docx 1 of 6<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Blocks Used for guiding steel wire rope onto the vessel<br />

Safe areas As defined during the safety induction<br />

Limited access As defined during the safety induction<br />

PFD Personal flotation device<br />

Derrick Ship’ crane<br />

OVERVIEW<br />

The trawl equipment is heavy and cumbersome and extreme care is to be taken by all<br />

persons involved with the deployment and retrieval of this equipment.<br />

While shooting and hauling takes place, it is imperative that all participants have a<br />

complete understanding of the risks regarding entanglement and working around high<br />

tension wires, ropes, netting and large moving objects including the boards and full codend.<br />

This activity involves the full complement of ship’s crew and lecturing staff, and the<br />

use of appropriate PPE.<br />

Following a thorough briefing, the ship’s crew members must be prepared to overrule any<br />

practice which they deem to be unsafe, or to the contrary of any recognised procedures.<br />

Weather conditions must be fully assessed before trawling activities are undertaken.<br />

EQUIPMENT USED<br />

• Maintain hydraulics are engaged during the deployment and retrieval of trawl<br />

equipment. To be engaged by the Engineer for operation<br />

• Net drum port and starboard trawl winches<br />

• Ship’s derrick<br />

• Lifting equipment<br />

• Public address system<br />

• Hand held VHF radios<br />

• PPE<br />

PROCEDURE<br />

Only qualified ship’s crew may use the hydraulic controls for the shooting and retrieval of<br />

the trawl equipment.<br />

SHOOTING<br />

Shooting the net involves paying out the net from the net drum with the assistance of all<br />

available persons until sufficient netting is deployed to create drag which in turn pulls the<br />

remaining net into the water. During this process the bridge crew will ensure adequate<br />

vessel speed is maintained to minimise the need for physical handling of the gear.<br />

All crew and students must be fully aware that once sufficient drag comes onto the codend<br />

that the remainder of the trawl will come under tension. All crew and students must be<br />

in safe areas at this time.<br />

Append 3.6 - Trawl Equip.docx 2 of 6<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

The winch operator can minimise the amount of slack netting by monitoring the remaining<br />

netting below the net drum and adjusting accordingly.<br />

The vessel will require a speed of more than 5 knots to assist the deployment. The net is<br />

then paid out until the G links come within a meter of the stern ramp roller.<br />

ATTACHMENT OF THE BOARDS<br />

This operation involves the transfer of the net from the net drum to the trawl boards.<br />

Extreme caution must be taken during this operation.<br />

Note: During this operation crew are close to wires under tension and due to the affect of<br />

swell on the deployed net including the vessels yawing motion. Wires may move<br />

horizontally and vertically with extreme force.<br />

DEPLOYMENT OF SYSTEM<br />

The G link from the trawl board back strops must be connected to the sweeps of the trawl<br />

net. This requires two people per side, one connecting the G link and one assisting with<br />

the back strop chain. Once the G link is attached to the recessed link all persons will<br />

move to safe areas so that the load can be transferred to the trawl boards.<br />

The warp winch brakes must be disengaged (anti-clockwise) before shooting commences.<br />

Once this has taken place the winch operator has full control over the remaining<br />

deployment of the net and boards.<br />

DEPLOYMENT OF TRAWL TO THE SEA BED<br />

As soon as the trawl boards enter the water the warps come under ever increasing load<br />

due to the affect of drag of the combined equipment.<br />

Note: During deployment all persons must remain in safe areas. The warps and<br />

blocks are to be avoided.<br />

While the winch operator is in control of deployment to the sea floor, the crew must<br />

monitor the movement of people in relation to hazards associated with moving plant and<br />

warp wire deployment.<br />

TRAWL CONTACT WITH SEA BED<br />

When the winch operator is satisfied that the trawl is stable and fishing, the warp brakes<br />

must be engaged by turning the handle (clockwise). The vessel’s fishing speed adjusted<br />

to trawling speed (dependant on objectives of the operation). The shooting operation<br />

is now completed.<br />

MONITORING DEPLOYED GEAR<br />

A constant appraisal of the trawl ground must be maintained using the Simrad and Coden<br />

echo sounders to assess bottom conditions for hook ups that may be present, this is to<br />

minimise damage to trawl equipment, and stability issues that a pinned up trawl induces<br />

on the vessel.<br />

Append 3.6 - Trawl Equip.docx 3 of 6<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

HAULING<br />

Warp winch brakes must be disengaged by turning anti-clockwise. Hauling may proceed<br />

once all persons are clear of winches and warp wires.<br />

Once the trawl boards have reached the stern of the vessel they are adjusted so that they<br />

are in the correct position for stowage.<br />

At this stage the winch man gives the order for the crew, students to commence<br />

connecting the drum end chain with the G link to the pennant on the trawl boards this<br />

connects the net to the net drum for hauling the remainder of the net.<br />

Due to the close proximity of the crew and students to wires under tension, and the affect<br />

of swell on the deployed net including the vessel’s yawing motion. Wires may move<br />

horizontally and vertically with extreme force. Extreme caution must be taken during<br />

this operation.<br />

Once the connections are made crew and students are to clear the timber deck. The<br />

winch operator assesses that all crew, students are clear then commences the hauling of<br />

the net onto the net drum.<br />

Note: This may require staff and students to assist in the stowage of the net on to the<br />

net drum until the cod-end comes on board. At this point students must stand clear of the<br />

trawl deck as the cod-end comes up the stern ramp.<br />

Note: When the cod-end comes to the top of the stern ramp there will be amounts of fish<br />

and water trapped causing a free surface affect on the cod-end itself, this and the rolling<br />

motions of the vessel causes the cod-end to slide back and forth uncontrollably. Staff and<br />

students must stand outside the timber deck area while the water drains from the cod-end<br />

and finally becomes stable.<br />

DERRICK OPERATION<br />

To empty the cod-end will require the use of the derrick and a certified lifting strop. The<br />

yellow 3000 kg lifting strop must be placed as close as possible to the catch. By bringing<br />

the strop though itself and on to the derrick hook.<br />

Care must be taken to minimise the amount of slack wire from the derrick. Note: At no<br />

time can the derrick hoot be left unattended to swing freely. The vessel’s course must be<br />

adjusted to minimise rolling and pitching.<br />

Once the derrick hook is attached to the lifting strop lifting may commence. The cod-end<br />

must be lifted just enough to drag it towards the starboard side warp chain as this will<br />

assist in minimising the pendulum effect on the cod-end. It is then lifted from the deck to<br />

allow a crew member to undo the cod-end rope. Once the cod-end rope is undone the<br />

catch will spill onto the deck for sorting.<br />

During the lifting and handling operation all staff and students must be fully aware that the<br />

composition of the catch may consist of large sting rays, sponges, spiny fish, rocks etc.<br />

Students and staff must stand well clear of the cod-end while this operation is taking place.<br />

Append 3.6 - Trawl Equip.docx 4 of 6<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

When the cod-end is emptied the net will be lowered to the centre deck for stowage on to<br />

the net drum and the derrick boom and hook will then be stowed. Note: That at no time<br />

can the derrick hook be left unattended to swing freely.<br />

Further reference: See operation guidelines for derrick operation.<br />

MAINTENANCE<br />

Due to the extreme forces that the trawl experiences, components are subject to<br />

considerable wear and a constant evaluation and appraisal of all terminal tackle must be<br />

carried out during shooting and hauling operations. Any faulty components must be<br />

replaced immediately before any further trawling takes place.<br />

HOOK UP<br />

If during the trawling operation the trawl becomes fouled the following measures must be<br />

implemented.<br />

1. All students must move to the wheelhouse and remain quiet<br />

2. Stern ramp doors to remain open<br />

3. All water tight doors and hatches are to be closed<br />

4. All freeing ports must be clear of any obstructions<br />

5. Notify the Engineer.<br />

Master to the winches, 1 st Mate to the helm, 2 nd Mate to assist where required. Vessel<br />

speed is to be reduced so to allow the vessel to be winched back by the winches until the<br />

vessel is above the fouled trawl.<br />

The vessel must maintain enough power to hold its original heading and in no<br />

circumstances should the vessel be allowed to rotate on the warps as this will induce<br />

twists in them making recovery extremely difficult.<br />

Note: Short sharp bursts of power and large rudder angles will assist in maintaining<br />

original heading. Extreme caution must be used during this operation as a large following<br />

sea will repeatedly engulf the trawl deck.<br />

Once the vessel is above the trawl pressure can be applied by the winches to assist in<br />

freeing the trawl from the obstruction.<br />

If the trawl fails to break free there will be a requirement to use more vessel power to<br />

assist in applying pressure to the snagged trawl net.<br />

Note: At all times vessel safety and stability issues must be continually addressed<br />

and at no time shall the vessel safety be jeopardised.<br />

In the advent of the trawl not coming free, warps will be paid out until sufficient slack is<br />

available and the warps cut free with the use of the oxy acetylene cutting equipment or<br />

9 inch grinder depending on the circumstances.<br />

Append 3.6 - Trawl Equip.docx 5 of 6<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Warps should be cut at the drum ends with extreme caution with no staff, students on the<br />

trawl deck, accept for those undertaking the cutting of the warps.<br />

If trawl net is snagged in shallow water, warps may be buoyed for later retrieval. If the<br />

trawl is snagged in deep water the sheer weight of the warps will overcome any flotation<br />

that the vessel has onboard therefore must be discarded.<br />

Due to the stability issues, and the increased loads on trawl equipment it is<br />

imperative that the recovery of the trawl is conducted with due care and observance<br />

of best practice.<br />

Append 3.6 - Trawl Equip.docx 6 of 6<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Objectives<br />

APPENDIX 3.7<br />

DECK OPERATION - DREDGE SHOOTING AND RETRIEVING<br />

1. To safely shoot and haul the dredge and empty the catch.<br />

2. To prevent personal injury or damage to the ship and,<br />

3. To minimise impact on the marine environment.<br />

Policy guidelines<br />

• Navigation act 1912.<br />

• Marine orders.<br />

• AMSA.<br />

• Tasmanian OH&S legislation.<br />

• Living Marine Resources act 1995.<br />

• Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.<br />

Definitions and acronym<br />

Ship’s crew Master the person in command of the vessel.<br />

Bridge crew Master, 1 st Mate, 2 nd Mate.<br />

Academics The academic staff member responsible for the standard of delivery<br />

and assessment of the trainee.<br />

Students An AMC student involved in the activity.<br />

Passengers Guests of the AMC/UTAS (an observer, non participant).<br />

Shooting The process of deploying the dredge at the start of the operation.<br />

Hauling The process of retrieving the dredge at the end of the operation.<br />

Warp Steel wire rope joining the dredge to the vessel.<br />

Warp winch The hydraulically operated drum on which the warp is stored.<br />

Warp winch brake The stopping device fitted to the warp drums.<br />

Stern ramp The ramp at the centre of the stern.<br />

Ramp doors The doors that close of the stern ramp.<br />

Blocks Used for guiding steel wire rope onto the vessel.<br />

Safe areas As defined during the safety induction.<br />

Limited access As defined during the safety induction.<br />

PFD Personal flotation device.<br />

PPE Personal protective equipment.<br />

Derrick Ships crane.<br />

Dredge Metal and wire cage designed to maintain contact with the sea bed<br />

and accumulate organisms and debris with the aid of a angled bar.<br />

Overview<br />

The dredge equipment is heavy and cumbersome and extreme care is to be taken by all<br />

persons involved with the deployment and retrieval of this equipment.<br />

Append 3.7 - Dredge.docx 1 of 5<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

While shooting and hauling takes place, it is imperative that all participants have a<br />

complete understanding of the risks regarding entanglement and working around high<br />

tension wires and large moving objects. This activity involves the full complement of ships<br />

crew and lecturing staff, and the use of appropriate PPE.<br />

Following a thorough briefing the ship’s crew members must be prepared to overrule any<br />

practice which they deem to be unsafe, or to the contrary of any recognised procedures.<br />

Weather conditions must be fully assessed before dredging activates are undertaken.<br />

Equipment used<br />

1. Stand-by hydraulics are engaged during the deployment and retrieval of the dredge<br />

equipment. To be engaged by the Engineer for operation.<br />

2. Gilson winch.<br />

3. Ships derrick.<br />

4. Lifting equipment.<br />

5. Public address system.<br />

6. Hand held VHF Radios.<br />

7. PPE.<br />

8. Dredge<br />

Procedure<br />

Only qualified ship’s crew may use the hydraulic controls for the shooting and retrieval of<br />

the dredging equipment.<br />

Shooting<br />

Shooting the dredge involves paying out sufficient warp wire from the gilson winch allowing<br />

the dredge to be positioned at the stern ramp with the assistance of crew. During this<br />

operation it is imperative that the gilson winch operator only allows enough wire out so that<br />

the dredge is controlled. This will minimise any sudden uncontrolled snatch loading on the<br />

Gilson warp as the dredge slides down the stern ramp.<br />

All crew and students must be fully aware that once sufficient drag comes onto the dredge<br />

that the warp will come under tension. All crew and students must be in safe areas at this<br />

time.<br />

Note: During this operation crew are close to wires under tension and due to the affect of<br />

swell on the deployed dredge including the vessels yawing motion. Wires may move<br />

horizontally and vertically with extreme force.<br />

Deployment of dredge to the sea bed<br />

As soon as the dredge enters the water the warp comes under ever increasing load due to<br />

the affect of drag of the combined equipment.<br />

Note: During deployment all persons must remain in safe areas. The warp and blocks are<br />

to be avoided.<br />

Append 3.7 - Dredge.docx 2 of 5<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

While the winch operator is in control of deployment to the sea floor, the crew must<br />

monitor the movement of people in relation to hazards associated with moving plant and<br />

warp wire deployment.<br />

Dredge contact with sea bed<br />

When the winch operator is satisfied that the dredge is stable and fishing, the vessels<br />

fishing speed is adjusted (dependant on objectives of the operation). The shooting<br />

operation is now completed.<br />

Monitoring deployed gear<br />

A constant appraisal of the dredging grounds must be maintained using the Simrad and<br />

Koden echo sounders to asses bottom conditions for hook ups that may be present, this is<br />

to minimise damage to dredging equipment, and stability issues that a pinned up dredge<br />

induces on the vessel.<br />

Hauling<br />

Due to the effect of swell on the deployed dredge, and the vessels yawing motion. Warp<br />

wire may move horizontally and vertically with extreme force.<br />

A visual check must be made before hauling takes place to ensure that the back deck is<br />

free from students and staff.<br />

Once the dredge comes to the surface sufficient speed must be maintained to assist the<br />

dredge in clearing the lower lip on the stern ramp.<br />

Once the dredge is hauled to the top of the ramp a gaff can be used to reach the aft lifting<br />

strops.<br />

At this time the derrick hook will be transferred to the aft lifting strop to spill the contents of<br />

the dredge.<br />

Note: Extreme caution must be taken during this operation.<br />

Once the connections are made crew and students are to clear the timber deck.<br />

The winch operator assesses that all crew and students are clear then commences the<br />

empting of the dredge.<br />

Note: Tag lines must be attached to the dredge to limit any swinging and to aid in the<br />

control during empting.<br />

Derrick operation<br />

To empty the dredge this will require the use of the derrick and two (2) certified lifting<br />

strops.<br />

Append 3.7 - Dredge.docx 3 of 5<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

It is recommended that 3000 kg rated lifting strop be attached to the aft corners of the<br />

dredge to spill the catch.<br />

Care must be taken to minimise the amount of slack wire from the derrick. The vessels<br />

course must be adjusted to minimise rolling and pitching.<br />

During the lifting and handling operation all staff and students must be fully aware that the<br />

composition of the catch may consist of large stingrays, sponges, spiny fish, blue ring<br />

octopus, rocks etc.<br />

Students and Staff must stand well clear of the dredge while this operation is taking place.<br />

When the dredge is emptied the dredge will be lowered to the centre deck for stowage or<br />

redeployment and the derrick boom and hook will then be stowed.<br />

Note: That at no time can the derrick hook be left unattended to swing freely.<br />

Further reference: See operation guidelines for derrick operation.<br />

Maintenance<br />

Due to the extreme forces that the dredge experiences components are subject to<br />

considerable wear and a constant evaluation and appraisal of all terminal tackle must be<br />

carried out during shooting and hauling operations.<br />

Any faulty components must be replaced immediately before any further dredging takes<br />

place.<br />

Hook up<br />

If during the dredging operation the dredge becomes fouled the following measures must<br />

be implemented.<br />

1. All students must move to the wheelhouse and remain quiet.<br />

2. Stern ramp doors to remain open.<br />

3. All water tight doors and hatches are to be closed.<br />

4. All freeing ports must be clear of any obstructions<br />

5. Notify the Engineer.<br />

Master to the winches,1 st mate to the helm, 2 nd mate to assist where required.<br />

Vessel speed is to be reduced so to allow the vessel to be winched back by the winches<br />

until the vessel is above the fouled dredge.<br />

The vessel must maintain enough power to hold its original heading and in no<br />

circumstances should the vessel be allowed to rotate on the warp as this will induce twists<br />

in it making recovery extremely difficult.<br />

Append 3.7 - Dredge.docx 4 of 5<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Note: Short sharp bursts of power and large rudder angles will assist in maintaining<br />

original heading.<br />

Extreme caution must be used during this operation as a large following sea will<br />

repeatedly engulf the trawl deck.<br />

Once the vessel is above the dredge, pressure can be applied by the winches to assist in<br />

freeing the dredge from the obstruction.<br />

If the dredge fails to break free there will be a requirement to use more vessel power to<br />

assist in applying pressure to the snagged dredge.<br />

Note: At all times vessel safety and stability issues must be continually addressed and at<br />

no time shall the vessel safety be jeopardised.<br />

In the advent of the dredge not coming free the warp will be paid out until sufficient slack is<br />

available and the warp cut free with the use of the oxy-acetylene cutting equipment or 9<br />

inch grinder depending on the circumstances.<br />

Warps should be cut at the drum ends with extreme caution with no staff, students on the<br />

deck, except for those undertaking the cutting of the warp.<br />

If the dredge is snagged in shallow water the Warp may be buoyed off for later retrieval. If<br />

the dredge is snagged in deep water the shear weight of the warps will overcome any<br />

flotation that the vessel has onboard therefore must be discarded.<br />

Due to the stability issues, and the increased loads on dredge equipment it is imperative<br />

that the recovery of the dredge is conducted with due care and observance of best<br />

practice.<br />

Append 3.7 - Dredge.docx 5 of 5<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 3.8<br />

DECK OPERATION - CRAB FISHING<br />

OPERATION OUTLINE - SHOOTING AND RETRIEVING GIANT CRAB POTS<br />

Objectives<br />

1. To safely shoot and haul the deep water crab pots.<br />

2. To prevent personal injury or damage to the ship.<br />

3. To minimise impact on the marine environment.<br />

Policy guidelines<br />

• Navigation act 1912.<br />

• Marine orders.<br />

• AMSA.<br />

• Tasmanian OH&S Legislation.<br />

• Living Marine resources act 1995.<br />

• Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act.<br />

Definitions and acronyms<br />

Ship’s crew Master the person in command of the vessel<br />

Bridge crew Master, 1 st Mate, 2 nd Mate.<br />

Academics The academic staff member responsible for the standard of delivery<br />

and assessment of the trainee.<br />

Students An AMC student involved in the activity.<br />

Passengers Guests of the AMC/UTAS (an observer, non participant).<br />

Shooting The process of deploying the crab pots.<br />

Hauling The process of retrieving the crab pots.<br />

Float lines The poly polypropylene rope that connects the pot line to the floats.<br />

Safe areas As defined during the safety induction.<br />

Limited access As defined during the safety induction.<br />

PFD Personal flotation device<br />

Derrick Ships crane.<br />

Main line 800 meters of 12mm polypropylene rope.<br />

Tail or branch line 2 meters of 12 mm polypropylene rope from main line to crab pot.<br />

Rope bin Storage container for ropes.<br />

Dan pole A visual aid may have a flag or light attached (or both).<br />

Safety knives Safety knives located on deck for emergency use.<br />

Meat cleavers Short handled choppers located on deck for emergency use.<br />

Overview<br />

The king crab equipment is heavy and cumbersome and extreme care is to be taken by all<br />

persons involved with the deployment and retrieval of this equipment.<br />

Append 3.8 - Crab Fishing.docx 1 of 4<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

While shooting and hauling takes place, it is imperative that all participants have a<br />

complete understanding of the risks regarding entanglement and working around high<br />

tension ropes, crab pots and large moving objects, This activity involves the full<br />

complement of ships crew and lecturing staff, and the use of appropriate PPE.<br />

Following a thorough briefing the ship’s crew members, the crew must be prepared to<br />

overrule any practice which they deem to be unsafe, or to the contrary of any recognised<br />

procedures.<br />

Weather conditions must be fully assessed before crab fishing activates are undertaken.<br />

Equipment used<br />

1. Standby hydraulics are engaged during the deployment and retrieval. To be engaged<br />

by the Engineer for operation.<br />

2. Pot hauler.<br />

3. Lifting Equipment.<br />

4. Public address system.<br />

5. Hand held UHF Radios.<br />

6. PPE.<br />

Procedure<br />

Only qualified ship’s crew may use the hydraulic controls for the shooting and retrieval of<br />

the Giant crab equipment.<br />

Only ship’s crew may be involved in the deployment of crab fishing equipment.<br />

Shooting<br />

Shooting the Crab pots involves the deployment of float line followed by the crab pots x 8<br />

attached to the main line by the means of a spliced line (Tail or Branch line).<br />

This line allows the pots to be attached to the mainline.<br />

The crab pots are placed in order on the timber deck with a rectangular pot joined on to<br />

the first tale and the float line secured to the stern, by means of a quick release clip.<br />

Once a suitable location is found the vessel speed is slowed to 2.5 to 3 knots then the<br />

shooting process starts.<br />

The quick release clip on the float line is released allowing the drag created to assist in<br />

dragging the 1 st pot down the stern ramp, and then the tales are then attached to the pots<br />

in order as the main line is paid out from the rope basket.<br />

The combined weight and drag created allows the remanning pots to be pulled down the<br />

stern ramp, until the last pot is deployed then the 2nd float line follows as this is attached<br />

to the last pot the vessel remains at 3 knots until all the remaining float line and floats are<br />

clear of the vessel this now completes the shooting process<br />

Append 3.8 - Crab Fishing.docx 2 of 4<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Once the equipment is setup for shooting it is imperative that all students are clear of the<br />

timber deck area before shooting commences.<br />

And crew involved use extreme caution while undertaking the deployment of crab pots.<br />

Hauling<br />

Stand-by hydraulics must be engaged and hauler tested before hauling takes place. UHF<br />

radio communications must be checked.<br />

Once the vessel is in position alongside the float line it will be grappled by a member of the<br />

ship’s crew. The float line is then manually pulled on board until sufficient length is<br />

obtained to place it on the pot hauler.<br />

The pot hauler operator will then indicate to the bridge the desired heading and speed for<br />

the vessel to proceed in and continue communications with the bridge at all times during<br />

hauling operation.<br />

During the retrieval process the mainline is under constant tension and requires constant<br />

appraisal from the pot hauler operator as to the amount of tension on the mainline and<br />

adjusted accordingly.<br />

The floats must be disconnected from the float line and a suitable rope bin for the stowage<br />

of the line made available.<br />

The retrieval of the mainline involves regular stopping of the hauling process so that crab<br />

pots can be removed safely.<br />

Note: The hauler operator must use extreme caution to monitor the situation and stop<br />

accordingly if Crab pots are tangled.<br />

Extreme care must be taken while removing Crab pots with fish and crabs inside as<br />

various species have large nippers, spikes and teeth.<br />

Once the Crab pot is removed from the (Tail or branch line) it will be passed onto a 2 nd<br />

student for bait/catch removal on the timber deck<br />

This operation continues until the 2 nd float line is retrieved.<br />

This now completes the hauling operation.<br />

Hook up<br />

If during the hauling operation the mainline becomes fouled the following measures must<br />

be implemented.<br />

Note: Extreme care must be taken while attempting recovery.<br />

Append 3.8 - Crab Fishing.docx 3 of 4<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

1. All students must move clear of the port side deck.<br />

2. Notify the bridge immediately.<br />

3. Only the pot hauler operator and assisting crew may be allowed in the immediate<br />

vicinity until the line is clear of the obstruction.<br />

In the event of the main line or pots becoming fast to the sea bed the line will be cut and<br />

the vessel will move to the 2 nd set of floats and commence hauling operations.<br />

Maintenance<br />

Due to the extreme forces that the crab line and associated equipment experiences,<br />

components are subject to considerable wear and a constant evaluation and appraisal of<br />

all terminal tackle must be carried out during shooting and hauling operations.<br />

Any faulty components must be replaced immediately before any further fishing takes<br />

place.<br />

Append 3.8 - Crab Fishing.docx 4 of 4<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 3.9<br />

DECK OPERATION - DEMERSAL LONGLINE EQUIPMENT<br />

SHOOTING AND RETRIEVING DEMERSAL LONGLINE EQUIPMENT<br />

Objectives<br />

1. To safely shoot and haul the demersal longline equipment.<br />

2. To prevent personal injury or damage to the ship and,<br />

3. To minimise impact on the marine environment.<br />

Policy guidelines<br />

• Navigation act 1912.<br />

• Marine orders.<br />

• AMSA<br />

• Tasmanian OH&S legislation.<br />

• Living Marine Resources act 1995.<br />

• Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999.<br />

Definitions and acronyms<br />

Ship’s crew Master, 1 st Mate, 2 nd Mate, Chief engineer, Cook.<br />

Bridge crew Master, 1 st Mate, 2 nd Mate.<br />

Academics The academic staff member responsible for the standard of delivery<br />

and assessment of the trainee.<br />

Students An AMC student involved in the activity.<br />

Passengers An guests of the AMC/UTAS ( an observer, non participant).<br />

Shooting The process of deploying the Demersal long line.<br />

Hauling The process of retrieving the Demersal long line.<br />

Safe areas As defined during the safety induction.<br />

Limited access As defined during the safety induction.<br />

PFD Personal flotation device.<br />

Pot hauler Hydraulic lifting equipment used for the retrieval of pots and lines.<br />

Demersal Fishing on or close to the sea bed.<br />

Main line 3.7 kilometres of 8 mm polypropylene rope.<br />

Float line The connection between the main line and floats.<br />

Snoods 450 mm monofilament and shark clip to attach the hook to the<br />

mainline.<br />

Rope bin Storage container for ropes.<br />

Shark clips Attachment devices for rope.<br />

Dan pole A visual aid may have a flag or light attached (or both).<br />

Safety knives Sharp knives located on deck for emergency use.<br />

Meat cleavers Short handle choppers located on deck for emergency use.<br />

Append 3.9 - Demersal.docx 1 of 4<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Overview<br />

The Longline equipment is constantly under tension while being deployed and retrieved.<br />

Extreme care is to be taken by all persons involved with the deployment and retrieval of<br />

this equipment.<br />

While shooting and hauling takes place, it is imperative that all participants have a<br />

complete understanding of the risks regarding entanglement and working around high<br />

tension ropes and the risks associated with fish hooks, handling the catch, and the<br />

attachment and disconnection of shark clips.<br />

This activity involves the full complement of ships crew and lecturing staff, and the use of<br />

appropriate PPE.<br />

Following a thorough briefing the ship’s crew members must be prepared to overrule any<br />

practice which they deem to be unsafe, or to the contrary of any recognised procedures.<br />

Weather conditions must be fully assessed before demersal fishing activities are<br />

undertaken.<br />

Equipment used<br />

1. Standby hydraulics must be engaged during the deployment and retrieval long line<br />

equipment.To be engaged by the Engineer for operation.<br />

2. Pot hauler.<br />

3. Hand held VHF Radios.<br />

4. PPE.<br />

5. Emergency knives and meat cleavers.<br />

Procedure<br />

Only qualified ship’s crew may use the hydraulic controls for the shooting and retrieval of<br />

the demersal logline equipment.<br />

Shooting<br />

Stand by hydraulics must be engaged and hauler tested before hauling takes place.<br />

UHF radio communications must be checked.<br />

Shooting the longline involves the deployment of a weighted mainline to which snoods are<br />

attached. In addition to this both ends of the main line have separate lines called float<br />

lines, which are used for the retrieval of the main line.<br />

Once suitable fishing grounds are located and fishing depth known, crew are advised on<br />

the depth so that sufficient length float lines are deployed.<br />

The float lines will have one large pink float to aid in the flotation of the line, one smaller<br />

float with sufficient tail length for grappling, and a Dan pole with a strobe light attached (for<br />

night time operations).<br />

Append 3.9 - Demersal.docx 2 of 4<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Once the vessel is slowed to or below 3 knots the float line will be attached to the main line<br />

and sufficient lead weights added to sink the main line.<br />

Note: The main line must be situated beneath the pot hauler with main line leading to the<br />

capstan head on the pot hauler with 2 to 3 turns made on it to act as a break. This allows<br />

the crew to stop the mainline in the case of hooking / fouling of a person.<br />

Once the vessel speed is set the mainline will feed out over the starboard quarter through<br />

the bull horns.<br />

Once this is deployed there will be sufficient drag created to drag the remainder out of the<br />

rope from the bin.<br />

As the mainline is paid out while the vessel steams ahead at 2 to 3 knots the baited<br />

snoods are attached at given intervals indicated by a crew member.<br />

The baited snoods will be attached aft of the bull horns, during this process there will be<br />

only one person allowed to clip on the snoods with a staff member closely monitoring this<br />

operation.<br />

This will require 2 to 3 students passing snoods to the student clipping the snoods onto the<br />

mainline.<br />

Note: Extreme care must be observed during shooting of the mainline as there is the<br />

potential for a student/crew member to become fouled.<br />

During the deployment of the main line the tail must be attached to the second float line<br />

and sufficient weight added including the addition of floats and a dan pole to the float line.<br />

Due warning must be given to students involved in the attachment of snoods so that the<br />

deck is clear of obstructions so that a staff member can safely deploy the second float line.<br />

Once the second float line and floats are clear of the vessel the bridge must be notified.<br />

The shooting process is now completed.<br />

Hauling<br />

Stand-by hydraulics must be engaged and hauler tested before hauling takes place.<br />

UHF radio communications must be checked.<br />

Once the vessel is in position alongside the float line it will be grappled by a member of the<br />

ship’s crew. The float line is then manually pulled on board until sufficient length is<br />

obtained to place it on the pot hauler.<br />

The pot hauler operator will then indicate to the bridge the desired heading and speed for<br />

the vessel to proceed in and continue communications with the bridge at all times during<br />

hauling operation.<br />

During the retrieval process the mainline is under constant tension and requires constant<br />

appraisal from the pot hauler operator as to the amount of tension on the mainline and<br />

adjusted accordingly.<br />

Append 3.9 - Demersal.docx 3 of 4<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

The floats must be disconnected from the float line and a suitable rope bin for the stowage<br />

of the line made available.<br />

The pot hauler operator monitors the amount of line and slows the hauling when the<br />

weights come into view, the weights are then disconnected from the mainline and the float<br />

line bin removed, so that the mainline rope bin can be placed under the hauler.<br />

The retrieval of the mainline involves regular stopping of the hauling process so that<br />

snoods can be removed safely as twisting of the snoods is a regular occurrence.<br />

Note: The hauler operator must use extreme caution to monitor the situation and stop<br />

accordingly so that the snoods may be detangled.<br />

Extreme care must be taken while removing snoods with fish attached as various species<br />

have spikes and teeth.<br />

Once the snood is removed it will be passed onto a 2 nd student for bait/catch removal and<br />

stowed into a fish bin.<br />

This operation continues until the 2 nd float line is retrieved. This now completes the<br />

hauling operation.<br />

Hook up<br />

If during the hauling operation the mainline becomes fouled the following measures must<br />

be implemented.<br />

Note: Extreme care must be taken while attempting recovery.<br />

1. All students must move clear of the starboard side deck.<br />

2. Notify the bridge immediately.<br />

3. Only the pot hauler operator and assisting crew may be allowed in the immediate<br />

vicinity until the line is clear of the obstruction.<br />

4. In the event of the main line becoming fast to the sea bed the line will be cut and the<br />

vessel will move to the 2 nd set of floats and commence hauling operations.<br />

Maintenance<br />

Due to the forces that the demersal longline experiences components are subject to<br />

considerable wear and a constant evaluation and appraisal of all terminal tackle must be<br />

carried out during shooting and hauling operations.<br />

Any faulty components must be replaced immediately before any further fishing activities<br />

takes place.<br />

This operation must be conducted with due care and observance of best practice.<br />

Append 3.9 - Demersal.docx 4 of 4<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 4.0<br />

CHECK LIST RELATED DOCUMENTS – CONTENTS PAGE<br />

Appendix 4.1 Pre-Departure<br />

Appendix 4.2 Pre-Arrival<br />

Appendix 4.3 Port Movement Log<br />

Appendix 4.4 Chart Portfolio<br />

Appendix 4.5 LSA Equipment<br />

Appendix 4.6 Hours of Work and Rest<br />

Appendix 4.7 Muster Sheet<br />

Appendix 4.8 Safety Induction<br />

Appendix 4.9 Emergency Training Calendar for Crew<br />

Appendix 4.10 Record of Crew Training Drills<br />

Appendix 4.11 Mobilisation and Tool Safety Meeting Register<br />

Appendix 4.12 Monthly Maintenance<br />

Append 4.0 - Contents Page.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

<strong>MV</strong> Bluefin: Pre Departure Checklist<br />

APPENDIX 4.1<br />

CHECK LIST – PRE-DEPARTURE<br />

Note: To be completed by the Master/Chief Mate<br />

Port: _________________________ Voyage: _________________________<br />

Description of equipment tested YES NO<br />

UHF communication established channel selected.<br />

Wharf support notified of departure time.<br />

Main Engine operational.<br />

Main Hydraulics operational.<br />

Bow Thruster operational. ( aft consol switch selected)<br />

(fwd console switch selected)<br />

Propulsion tested.<br />

Helm response in hand steering and auto pilot tested.<br />

Emergency steering gear tested and gyro aligned with master<br />

gyro.<br />

Gyro compass heading compared with Magnetic compass<br />

heading.<br />

Steering repeater aligned with master Gyro Compass.<br />

Emergency steering flat repeater aligned with master Gyro.<br />

Bridge wing repeaters aligned with master Gyro.<br />

Radar heading aligned with gyro compass heading.<br />

GPS Datum checked.<br />

Echo sounders operational.<br />

Doppler log reset.<br />

MF/HF and VHF radio operational.<br />

GMDSS equipment operational. Sailing plan fwd to RCC<br />

AIS configured.<br />

Passage plan prepared and available / Voyage charts in order<br />

Port authority notified of intention to sail.<br />

Ships signal horn operational and navigation lights tested.<br />

Windlass operational on brake with dogs off.<br />

Crew / passengers aware of sailing time and responsibilities.<br />

Safety talk and induction completed.<br />

Muster drill conducted.<br />

Date: ______/______/_______<br />

Time: ____________________<br />

Tide: HW__________ LW__________<br />

Master: ________________________ Chief Mate: ______________________<br />

Append 4.1 - Pre-Departure.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Port:<br />

APPENDIX 4.2<br />

CHECK LIST - PRE-ARRIVAL<br />

Note: To be completed by the Master/Chief Mate<br />

Description of equipment tested. YES NO<br />

Port authority notified.<br />

Wharf support notified of Arrival time.<br />

Astern propulsion checked<br />

Main Hydraulics operational.<br />

Bow Thruster operational. ( aft consol switch selected)<br />

(fwd switch selected)<br />

Emergency steering gear operational.<br />

Windlass operational on brake with dogs off.<br />

Pilot required. If so has pilot been ordered.<br />

UHF Communication established.<br />

Crew aware of birthing requirements.<br />

Mooring lines available.<br />

Date:<br />

Time:<br />

Tide: Time HW Time LW<br />

Comments:<br />

Master: ____________________ Chief Mate: ____________________<br />

Append 4.2 - Pre-Arrival.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 4.3<br />

CHECK LIST - PORT MOVEMENT LOG<br />

Port of Arrival/Departure:<br />

Permit to arrive issued at: ........................EST via CH….....................<br />

Bridge equipment tested completed at:<br />

Time<br />

EST<br />

Engine Movement Remarks (i.e. reason, position, manoeuvre<br />

Chris Lambert<br />

Master <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

Append 4.3 - Port Movement.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Current 6/2009<br />

VICTORIAN CHARTS<br />

APPENDIX 4.4<br />

CHECK LIST - CHART PORTFOLIO<br />

No. AUS<br />

1 487 Bass Strait<br />

2 348 Cape Martin to Cape Nelson<br />

3 140 Portland<br />

4 786 Cape Nelson to Lady Bay<br />

5 349 Cape Nelson to Came Schank<br />

6 801 Cape Schank to Cape Liptrap<br />

7 141 Plans in South Western Victoria<br />

8 788 Cape Otway to Cape Schank<br />

9 802 Cape Liptrap to Cliffy Island<br />

10 148 Plans in Bass Strait Deal Island & Hogan Island<br />

11 357A Bass Strait Oil Fields<br />

12 182 Port Welshpool & Port Albert<br />

13 181 Corner Inlet<br />

14 805 Point Hicks to Cape Howe<br />

15 806 Gabo Island to Montague Island<br />

TASMANIAN CHARTS<br />

No. AUS<br />

1 487 Bass Strait<br />

2 422 Cape Otway to Gabo Island including Tasmania<br />

3 789 King Island<br />

4 164 Devonport<br />

5 790 Stokes Point to Rocky Cape<br />

6 799 Stony Head to Rocky Cape<br />

7 167 Port Dalrymple<br />

8 168 River Tamar<br />

9 798 Eddystone Point to Stony Head<br />

10 800 Flinders Island<br />

11 179 Franklin Sound<br />

12 767 Wardlaws Point to Eddystone Point<br />

13 766 Mistaken Cape to Wardlaws Point<br />

14 169 Schouten Passage to Plans of Tasmania<br />

15 797 Tasman Island to Mistaken Cape<br />

16 170 Maria Island / Mercury Passage<br />

17 796 Tasman Island to Cape Fredrick Hendrick<br />

18 795 South Cape to Storm Bay<br />

19 174 Plans of Tasmania South<br />

20 791 West Point to Granville Harbour<br />

Append 4.4 - Chart Portfolio.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Location Item Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec EXP/ TEST<br />

Monkey Island Life Jackets 20<br />

Bridge Deck<br />

Bridge Wing<br />

Hydrostatic Release 1 Mar 2011<br />

EPIRB 1 April 2015<br />

Hydrostatic Release 1 Mar 2110<br />

Port Life Ring MOB Marker 1 Jan 2010<br />

Fire Hose, Nozzle 1<br />

Liferafts 2 25/5/2010<br />

Hydrostatic release 2 Mar 2011<br />

Emergency Lighting<br />

StarBoard Life Ring MOB Marker 1 Jan 2010<br />

Liferafts 2 25/5/2010<br />

Hydrostatic release 2 Mar 2011<br />

Emergency Lighting<br />

Bridge Inside VHF Liferaft Radios 2<br />

Crew Deck<br />

Spare Batteries 2 7 &8 2012<br />

Lifejackets 4<br />

SART 1 Nov 2010<br />

Line Throwers<br />

Fire Extinguishers<br />

4 Feb 2010<br />

C02 Stbd Side 1 Jan 2011<br />

Dry Powder Port Side 1 Jan 2011<br />

Fire Alarm Panel 1<br />

Flares 12 Dec 2011<br />

Cabin 1 Lifejacket 1<br />

Torch x 1 1<br />

Cabin 2 Lifejacket 1<br />

Torch x 1 1<br />

Cabin 3 Lifejacket 1<br />

Torch x 1 1<br />

Cabin 4 Lifejacket 1<br />

Torch x 1 1<br />

APPENDIX 4.5<br />

CHECK LIST - LSA EQUIPMENT<br />

Append 4.5 ‐ LSA Equipment<br />

Revised: November 2010 1 of 4


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Cabin 5 Lifejacket 1<br />

Torch x 1 1<br />

CompanionWay Fire Detector 1<br />

Dry Powder Fire Extingisher 1 Jan 2011<br />

Port Side Deck Lifering/Immersable Light 1<br />

Fire Hose, Nozzel 1<br />

Fire Flaps Portside Funnel 1<br />

Stbd Side Deck Lifering/ Immersable light 1<br />

Fire Flaps Funnel Shin Level 1<br />

Fire Flaps Funnel O/Head 1<br />

Achor Deck Escape Hatch Clear? 1<br />

Main Deck<br />

Dry Store Escape Hatch Clear? And test 1<br />

Companionway<br />

Starboard Dry Powder Fire Extinguisher 1 Jan 2011<br />

Deckhand Fire Detector 1<br />

Port C02 Fire Extinguisher 1 Jan 2011<br />

H20 Fire Extinguisher 1 Jan 2011<br />

Fire Axes 2<br />

Deck Escape Hatch Clear 1<br />

B A Cupboard B A Sets 2<br />

Fire Jackets 2<br />

Spare B A Bottles 2<br />

Fire Helmets 2<br />

Oxyviva 1<br />

Paragard Stretcher 1<br />

Torch 2<br />

Spare Oxiviva Bottle 1<br />

Spare Pants<br />

Aircon room C02 Fire Extinguisher 3 Jan 2011<br />

Fire Flap 1 Jan 2011<br />

Workshop Dry Powder Fire Extinguisher 1 Jan 2011<br />

1<br />

Back Deck Spill station 1<br />

Eye wash station 1<br />

Fire hose, nozzel 1<br />

Append 4.5 ‐ LSA Equipment<br />

Revised: November 2010 2 of 4


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Fuel oil shut offs 3<br />

Fire Main Isolator v/v 1<br />

Life ring Aft port 1<br />

Fire Flap Aft stbd 1<br />

Fire Flap Aft port 1<br />

Life ring stbd Fwd Bulkhead 1<br />

Galley Fire blanket 1<br />

C02 Fire Extinguisher 1 Jan 2011<br />

Dry Powder fire Extinguisher 1 Jan 2011<br />

Mess Fire Approach suit 1<br />

Fire Rope 1<br />

Lower Deck<br />

Accomodation<br />

Laundry Escape Hatch Clear? 1<br />

Fire detector / Deck Head 1<br />

Vestibule Dry powder Fire extinguisher 1 Jan 2011<br />

Foam fire Extinguisher 9Litre 1 Jan 2011<br />

Cabin 6 Survival Manual 1<br />

Lifejackets 2<br />

Torches 2<br />

Cabin 7 Survival Manual 1<br />

Lifejackets 4<br />

Torches 4<br />

Cabin 8 Survival Manual 1<br />

Lifejackets 2<br />

Torches 2<br />

Cabin 9 Survival Manual 1<br />

Lifejackets 4<br />

Torches 4<br />

Cabin 10 Survival Manual 1<br />

Lifejackets 4<br />

Torches 4<br />

Cabin 11 Survival Manual 1<br />

Lifejackets 4<br />

Torches 4<br />

Companionway Dry powder Fire extinguisher 1 Jan 2011<br />

H20 Fire Extinguisher 1 Jan 2011<br />

Append 4.5 ‐ LSA Equipment<br />

Revised: November 2010 3 of 4


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Fire detector / Deck Head 1<br />

Escape Hatch Clear? 1<br />

Engine Room Lifejacket 1<br />

Large Portable C02 Fire Ext 1 Jan 2011<br />

Dry powder Fire extinguisher 1 Jan 2011<br />

Foam fire Extinguisher 9Litre 1 Jan 2011<br />

Foam fire Extinguisher 9Litre 1 Jan 2011<br />

Fire Hose, Nozzel 1<br />

Fire Hose, Nozzel 1<br />

Escape Hatch Clear? 1<br />

C02 Fire Extinguisher (small) 1 Jan 2011<br />

Steering Flat Dry powder Fire extinguisher 1 Jan 2011<br />

Fire Pump room Dry powder Fire extinguisher 1 Jan 2011<br />

EPIRB DETAILS<br />

20 man raft MO11099 EPIRB EXP 10 / 2015 First aid kit EXP June 2011 HEX ID 3EF43DOCBF81FEO<br />

20 man raft S1300702 EPIRB EXP Oct 2015 First aid kit EXP June 2011 HEX ID 3Ef43CD13F81FEO<br />

8 Man Raft 8DK ‐R020494 EXP Oct 2014 First aid kit EXP May 2011 HEX ID BEEE41D2EC0022D<br />

8 Man raft 8 DK‐ R100494 EXP 4/20014 First aid kit EXP May 2011 HEX ID BEEE4319E40022D<br />

Float Free 3EF43941BF81FEO EXP 10/2015 HEX ID #EF43941BF81FEO<br />

EPIRB<br />

Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec EXP/ TEST<br />

Work boat Flares 1<br />

Fire extingusher 1 Jan 2011<br />

Signed Officer conducting Inspection Date<br />

Jan ..................<br />

Feb .............. .....<br />

Mar ..................<br />

Apr ..................<br />

May ..................<br />

Jun ..................<br />

Jul ..................<br />

Aug ..................<br />

Sep ..................<br />

Oct ..................<br />

Nov ..................<br />

Dec ..................<br />

Append 4.5 ‐ LSA Equipment<br />

Revised: November 2010 4 of 4


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 4.6<br />

CHECK LIST - HOURS OF WORK AND REST<br />

Further reference (Fatigue Management) Marine Orders Part 28 & IMO Resolution A.772 (18)<br />

Employee Name: _______________________ Position: ____________________ Date: _________________<br />

0100<br />

0200<br />

0300<br />

0400<br />

0500<br />

0600<br />

0700<br />

0800<br />

0900<br />

1000<br />

1100<br />

1200<br />

1300<br />

1400<br />

1500<br />

1600<br />

1700<br />

1800<br />

1900<br />

2000<br />

2100<br />

2200<br />

2300<br />

2400<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31<br />

Comments: Signed Employee: __________________<br />

Signed Master: __________________<br />

Append 4.6 - Hours Work & Rest.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 4.7<br />

CHECK LIST - MUSTER SHEET<br />

Voyage No. _______________________ Date: __________________<br />

Cabin Position Name<br />

1 Master<br />

2 Chief Officer<br />

3 Chief Engineer<br />

4 2 nd Officer<br />

5<br />

6<br />

6<br />

7 s<br />

7 s<br />

7 s<br />

7 s<br />

8 p<br />

8 p<br />

9 p<br />

9 p<br />

9 p<br />

9 p<br />

10 p<br />

10 p<br />

10 s<br />

10 s<br />

11 s<br />

11 s<br />

11 s<br />

11 s<br />

Chief Cook<br />

Crew Surveyors Total<br />

EMERGENCY STATIONS<br />

All onboard emergencies will be announced using the general alarm: seven short followed<br />

by one long ring.<br />

Append 4.7 - Muster.docx 1 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

MUSTER STATION<br />

On the back deck or as defined using the public address system.<br />

FIRE PARTIES AND DUTIES<br />

1. Fire alarm sounds: continuous ringing bell.<br />

2. Marine crew will investigate and report findings to bridge.<br />

3. If a genuine state of emergency exists, the general alarm will sound.<br />

4. All personnel must report to the muster station with lifejackets.<br />

5. Following a headcount, form emergency response parties as follows:<br />

No. 1 PARTY BRIDGE<br />

I/C, UHF, B/A In Command, UHF<br />

UHF, B/A, Hose Helm<br />

Assist and Equip Assist Master<br />

Assist and Equip Records<br />

No. 2 PARTY MUSTER AREA<br />

I/C, UHF, B/A I/C, UHF, Prep rafts<br />

UHF, B/A, Hose 406 EPIRB<br />

Assist and Equip GMDSS RT & SART<br />

Assist and Equip First Aid Kits<br />

Stops and vents Stretcher<br />

Additional stores<br />

If the fire is within the engine room space, the Chief Engineer and No.2 Party will attack<br />

the scene of the fire supported by the Mate with No.1 Party. If there is an accommodation<br />

fire No.1 Party will lead, supported by No.2 Party.<br />

ABANDONING SHIP<br />

1. Following the general alarm, dress warmly, go to the muster station carrying your<br />

lifejacket and attend to any given instructions.<br />

2. The order to abandon will be given verbally by the Captain.<br />

3. An alarm will sound on the ship’s bells and whistle: one short, one long, one short, one<br />

long, repeatedly.<br />

4. Go to your life raft station or the designated side for abandonment and follow the<br />

instructions to launch the rafts as ordered.<br />

5. Boarding will be done from the main deck using those rafts on the leeward (sheltered)<br />

side of the ship first.<br />

6. Crew are to organise additional equipment including: 406 EPIRB, SART, GMDSS<br />

VHF’S, bottled water, additional stores, blankets etc.<br />

Append 4.7 - Muster.docx 2 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

PORT RAFT STARBOARD RAFT<br />

MAN OVERBOARD PROCEDURE<br />

1. The person seeing it happen, must raise the alarm, throw the nearest lifebuoy to the<br />

casualty, and inform the bridge.<br />

2. OOW to release bridge-wing MOB markers.<br />

3. OOW to sound the general alarm.<br />

4. OOW to press EVENT button on the GPS or MOB button on electronic chart display.<br />

5. OOW to commence a manoeuvre to return to the MOB position; Williamson turn or<br />

other, depending on back deck work in progress.<br />

6. Captain to the bridge with duty bridge team.<br />

7. All other personnel are to go to the muster station to be informed of the nature of the<br />

emergency and how they can assist).<br />

8. Crew member in charge at the muster station is to appoint extra lookouts and<br />

designate persons to assist in recovering the casualty either at the ship’s side door or<br />

by boat, and …<br />

9. Organise a 1 st Aid party.<br />

GROUNDING OR COLLISION<br />

1. Captain to the bridge.<br />

2. Chief to the engine room.<br />

3. Mate and 1 st Engineer to assess and report damage.<br />

4. All other personnel to the muster station.<br />

Throughout all these emergencies, UHF handheld radios will be used for communication<br />

between bridge and independent parties. On hearing the general alarm, mates will get the<br />

radios from bridge.<br />

Signed: Chris Lambert,<br />

Master, <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong>,<br />

9 February, 2009<br />

Append 4.7 - Muster.docx 3 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 4.8<br />

CHECK LIST - SAFETY INDUCTION<br />

Purpose: All crew, staff, students and passengers joining the vessel are to receive a<br />

safety induction. The induction check list is designed to ensure that all<br />

persons are introduced to the safety policies, procedures and directions<br />

onboard the <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> and in a consistent manner.<br />

Muster alarm, location of muster station.<br />

Location of muster lists/standing orders.<br />

Life jacket and donning of life jacket.<br />

Life jacket locations, accommodation/float free on wheelhouse roof.<br />

Emergency torches.<br />

Fire alarm and procedure.<br />

Life raft locations.<br />

Life buoy locations.<br />

Emergency escapes.<br />

Personal protective equipment.<br />

Incident reporting.<br />

Location of fire extinguishers.<br />

Location of fire blanket.<br />

Location of PFD vests.<br />

Location of restricted areas.<br />

Location of smoking areas and no smoking areas.<br />

Location of first aid equipment/sea sickness medication.<br />

Crew Specific<br />

EPIRB, emergency radios, SART, pyrotechnics, LSA and fire control plan.<br />

Fire hydrants and hoses.<br />

Main fire pump operation/emergency fire pump operation.<br />

Location of water tight doors.<br />

Location of emergency stops/flaps/vents.<br />

Location and operation of BA equipment.<br />

Location of fire alarm panel and E/R alarm panel.<br />

Check List Declaration:<br />

Tick Box<br />

I, ________________________________ have received an <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> safety<br />

induction and hereby agree to comply with the safety directions as provided to me during<br />

the induction. I also agree to abide by any other reasonable safety directions given to me<br />

by the crew during the voyage. This induction will remain valid for a period of 2 weeks for<br />

(staff, students, and passengers).<br />

Signed Inductee: ____________________ Date: ____________________<br />

Signed Officer: ____________________ Date: ____________________<br />

Append 4.8 - Safety Induct.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

January<br />

February<br />

March<br />

April<br />

May<br />

June<br />

July<br />

August<br />

September<br />

October<br />

N ovember<br />

D ecember<br />

APPENDIX 4.9<br />

CHECK LIST – EMERGENCY TRAINING CALENDAR FOR CREW<br />

Life raft drill EM Steering Abandon ship<br />

drills<br />

Fire drill Damage control<br />

drills/including SOPEP<br />

drills<br />

2 yearly 4 yearly 12 yearly 12 yearly 6 yearly Monthly<br />

Abandon ship drills Fire drills<br />

25% crew replaced 5 crew = 1 new person 25% crew replaced 5 crew = 1 new person<br />

within 24 hours of the vessel leaving port. within 24 hours of the vessel leaving port.<br />

Practice muster to be conducted before departure from wharf.<br />

All new crew members to be instructed on the use of all fire fighting and LSA equipment as soon as possible after the crew member joins<br />

the ship including emergency duties allocated.<br />

All drills and instructions to be recorded in the official log book.<br />

Append 4.9 - Emergency Training Calendar.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010<br />

LSA


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 4.10<br />

CHECK LIST - RECORD OF CREW TRAINING DRILLS<br />

Date: _____/_____/20___ Nature of Drill: ____________________________<br />

Position Names of crew members involved Signed<br />

Master<br />

Chief Mate<br />

1 st Mate<br />

Chief Engineer<br />

1 Engineer<br />

Rating<br />

Rating<br />

Rating<br />

Cook<br />

Comments<br />

Recommendations/Deficiencies<br />

Signed: Master <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong>: _____________________ Date: _______________<br />

Append 4.10 - Training Drills.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 4.11<br />

CHECK LIST – MOBILISATION & TOOL BOX SAFETY MEETING REGISTER<br />

Meeting Date:<br />

Time Commenced:<br />

Reason for Meeting:<br />

Meeting Location:<br />

Time Completed:<br />

Issues raised (List) Actions & Owners (List)<br />

Append 4.11 - Safety Meeting.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Windlass<br />

Bow Roller<br />

STB Storm door<br />

Port Storm door<br />

Gangway<br />

Crew accom wt door<br />

Derik topping winch<br />

Derik Gide roller<br />

Derik Slewing blocks X 2<br />

Jib Blocks X 2<br />

STB trawl winch<br />

Port Trawl winch<br />

Net Drum<br />

Port access door<br />

STB access door<br />

Stern ramp doors<br />

Stern ramp roller<br />

Aft deck access door<br />

Fish hold hatch<br />

Scuppers<br />

Pot hauler<br />

Emergency Escapes<br />

FWD Emergency<br />

emergency escape Bow<br />

FWD Lower accom<br />

Emergency escape<br />

Aft lower accom<br />

Emergency escape<br />

Crew accom Emergency<br />

escape<br />

APPENDIX 4.12<br />

CHECK LIST – MONTHLY MAINTENANCE<br />

Greased Operational Comments/Defects/Deficiencies<br />

Greased Operational Comments/Defects/Deficiencies<br />

All maintenance to be carried out by a qualified crew member, if students are undertaking<br />

maintenance they must be supervised at all times.<br />

Chemical safety data sheets must be consulted before any maintenance activities are undertaken,<br />

as oils, grease solvents and paints contain chemicals that may cause skin and breathing Irritations.<br />

Chemical safety Data Sheets are filed in the Bridge. Appropriate PPE must be worn at all at all<br />

times. Any defects must be reported to the Chief Engineer.<br />

Append 4.12 - Montly Maintenance.docx 1 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Further Comment:<br />

Signed: Date: Deficiency Rectified YES / NO<br />

Signed: Date:<br />

Append 4.12 - Montly Maintenance.docx 2 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 5.0<br />

STUDENT TRAINING RELATED DOCUMENTS – CONTENTS PAGE<br />

Appendix 5.1 Student Requirements and Training<br />

Appendix 5.2 <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Field Trip Information<br />

Appendix 5.3 <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Customer Feedback Survey<br />

Append 5.0 - Contents Page.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 5.1<br />

STUDENT TRAINING – REQUIREMENTS AND TRAINING<br />

MEDICALS – 24 hour voyages or longer<br />

AMC policy is based on AMSA’s requirements. AMSA states: Prior to undertaking a<br />

voyage of more than 12 hours steaming all students and instructors must have evidence of<br />

being medically fit.<br />

Evidence of medical fitness can include a letter from a qualified medical practitioner<br />

attesting as to the fitness to undertake the voyages.<br />

AMC policy: Medicals are regarded as valid for a period of 4 years.<br />

Voyages – Less than 12 hours duration<br />

AMC’s policy is based on AMSA’s requirement. AMSA states: Medicals are not required<br />

for day trips.<br />

Student and staff self declarations<br />

AMC policy: Student and staff self declaration required for all voyages irrespective of the<br />

date of the medical.<br />

The importance of correct information on the self declaration to be stressed to students,<br />

“Bluefin” operates in remote locations at times.<br />

AMC policy: The Master will make a risk assessment on medical changes and seek a<br />

medical practitioner’s advice where necessary.<br />

AMC policy: Student self assessment declarations must be completed 1 week before the<br />

intended voyage allowing time to assess any medical issues raised.<br />

AMSA states: All staff and students to have ESS training.<br />

AMC policy: Medical information is to be filed in the academics’ National Centre until no<br />

longer required once the student leaves, this information is to be archived for 5 years then<br />

destroyed.<br />

Footwear<br />

Students participating in manual work involving processing of fish or maintenance activities<br />

are to have 2 pairs of shoes, i.e. sturdy and enclosed work boots for working on deck and<br />

clean enclosed shoes for the interior of the vessel.<br />

Note: Thongs are not allowed onboard.<br />

Append 5.1 - Student Training.docx 1 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Students conducting fishing operation will be required to have enclosed footwear that<br />

covers the ankle area as many species of fish have spines that can cause injury. Gum<br />

boots/sea boots are the preferred option.<br />

Appropriate clothing<br />

Overalls or wet weather gear, dependant on activities undertaken.<br />

Winter – Warn clothing including a beanie.<br />

Summer – Sunglasses including a sun hat.<br />

PPE provided onboard<br />

Hard hats, hi Viz vests, safety glasses, dishwashing gloves for (fish handling) and sun<br />

block provided.<br />

Sea sickness medication<br />

Travel calm medication provided.<br />

Accommodation<br />

Linen, towels and clothes washing facilities provided.<br />

Additional special requirements alongside or at sea<br />

Additional activities may be undertaken onboard including but not limited to deck<br />

maintenance, working aloft, lifting gear and confined space entry practicals. Although if<br />

there is a requirement for special equipment, contact the Master: c.lambert@amc.edu.au<br />

Note: any chemicals brought onboard must be accompanied by a chemical safety data<br />

sheet and brought to the Master’s notice before departure.<br />

Operational safety<br />

JSAs will be required before undertaking any high risk training drills or fishing activities.<br />

The academic in charge will be responsible for the development of new JSAs with input<br />

from ship’s crew.<br />

The Master will conduct a safety briefing before high risk activities are undertaken.<br />

All ships personnel will be present during the briefing on exercises to be undertaken.<br />

Students are not to be left unsupervised at any time whilst high risk activities are<br />

undertaken.<br />

High risk activities<br />

• Demersal trawling<br />

• Dredging<br />

Append 5.1 - Student Training.docx 2 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

• Longline fishing<br />

• Deep sea crab fishing<br />

• Drop line fishing<br />

• Fire and abandon ship drills<br />

• Deck maintenance<br />

• Working aloft<br />

• Derrick operations<br />

• Confined space entry<br />

• Mooring operations<br />

• Student transfer (work boat activities)<br />

Job safety analyses<br />

JSAs are available onboard for the above activities, although there are variables that will<br />

change during the course of a voyage, which may impact on the safety of the proposed<br />

activities.<br />

Environmental conditions etc which must be taken into account at the time.<br />

The use of specialised equipment of which the crew have no expertise operating will<br />

require the personnel responsible for the equipment to develop JSAs with input of the<br />

vessel crew.<br />

Append 5.1 - Student Training.docx 3 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 5.2<br />

STUDENT TRAINING – FIELD TRIP INFORMATION<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

FIELD TRIP INFORMATION<br />

Please note: The work instructions are uncontrolled and may not be current. The<br />

current version is maintained on the AMC website.<br />

The <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> is a value education, training, assessment and research platform. It is a<br />

floating laboratory and is governed by internal OH&S rules as well as the requirements of<br />

the Marine Authorities.<br />

Going to sea is inherently dangerous; however, it is important for the staff and students to<br />

experience work and learning in the seagoing environment in order to develop the<br />

knowledge, skills and attitude to be safe.<br />

In order to minimise the risks to students, staff and passengers the AMC has a duty of care<br />

to ensure that our staff, students and passengers are medically fit and have undertaken<br />

appropriate sea safety training and assessment before departing the wharf on <strong>MV</strong><br />

<strong>BLUEFIN</strong>. Following is a collection of Working Instructions, checklists, templates and forms<br />

that may need to be completed before travelling on the <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong>.<br />

Attached are the following:<br />

• Staff, student and passenger requirements to be onboard (Work Instruction)<br />

o Outside harbour waters field trip checklist (Template)<br />

o Inside harbour waters field trip checklist (Template)<br />

o Field Work Safety and Medical Declaration (Form)<br />

o Medical Assessment Cruise Participation (Form)<br />

o Personal Questionnaire for Cruise Participation (Form)<br />

• High Risk Onboard Training (Work Instruction)<br />

o Hazard Identification Checklist (Form)<br />

o Lessons Learnt (Template)<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 1 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

WORK INSTRUCTION<br />

WI Title: <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> staff, student and passenger safety training WI Number:<br />

WI.BF.1 WI applies to:<br />

All persons who travel on <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

WI Owner: Master <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

Approved by: General Manager<br />

Date Approved Current Version: December 2007<br />

Review Date: December 2010<br />

Related Policies/Documents: Policy OH&S 2<br />

AMC Rules for the use of AMC facilities AMC Rules for the use of Training Vessels<br />

<strong>BLUEFIN</strong> and REVIRESCO. Marine and Safety Act Tasmania.<br />

Marine Orders Part 50<br />

AMC Field Safety & Medical Declaration Form<br />

WI Control DPA <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

Part D NMSC Code.<br />

WI control DPA <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> requirements of the Marine Authorities. Going to sea is<br />

inherently dangerous; however, it is important for the staff and students to experience work<br />

and learning in the seagoing environment in order to develop the knowledge, skills and<br />

attitude to be safe. In order to minimise the risks to students, staff and passengers the AMC<br />

has a duty of care to ensure that our staff, students and passengers are medically fit and<br />

have undertaken appropriate sea safety training and assessment before departing the wharf<br />

on <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong>.<br />

Objective<br />

AMC graduands may go on to work at sea or in a shore based operational role and it is<br />

important for them to understand that to work at sea in a commercial environment some<br />

seagoing safety training is necessary. OH&S policy 'OHS 02 Laboratory and Workshop<br />

Safety' makes this point in objective 4:<br />

‘...to ensure that, through an appropriate learning experience, students are able to transfer<br />

appropriate occupational health and safety practices and procedures into the working<br />

environment after graduation from AMC’.<br />

Policy Guideline<br />

Students, staff and passengers are to have the appropriate level of medical fitness and sea<br />

safety training to be on the <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> for the planned activities. This procedure applies to<br />

all teaching staff, students, visiting staff and passengers on board the <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> once all<br />

lines have let go.<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 2 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Definitions and Acronyms<br />

Elements of Shipboard Safety A sea safety certificate as defined by the Marine Authority,<br />

Certificate currently Part D of the NMSC code.<br />

Field Safety & Medical<br />

Declaration Form<br />

An AMC form used to alert AMC of student and staff<br />

conditions or situations that responsible AMC staff need to be<br />

aware of.<br />

Harbour Limits An inshore area defined by the Port Authority<br />

Passenger A person who observes operations, but is not to participate in<br />

any activities. This person has restricted access to parts of<br />

the vessel, as identified by the Master, such as the main deck<br />

area during fishing operations.<br />

Staff AMC staff members involved in instructing or supporting<br />

students onboard the <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> and not onboard as a<br />

passenger.<br />

Student A student onboard <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> undertaking instruction,<br />

research or experience as part of an academic program and<br />

not onboard as a passenger.<br />

Visiting Staff A Scientist, lecturer or observer from a research body,<br />

another educational institute, industry organisation, a private<br />

company that boards <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> to collect data, gain<br />

experience or knowledge, or to assist in the delivery of the<br />

onboard teaching program.<br />

Up-to-date Cruise<br />

Participation Medical<br />

Assessment<br />

Procedure<br />

1. Voyage within harbour limits<br />

This person may have restricted access to parts of the vessel,<br />

as identified by the Master, such as the main deck area during<br />

fishing operations.<br />

1. Completion of the Medical Assessment for Cruise<br />

Participation, carried out by a doctor.<br />

2. Completion of a self-assessment medical declaration<br />

within the last 12 months.<br />

1.1 Prior to departure the Master of the vessel is to be satisfied that the students, staff,<br />

visiting staff and passengers have the appropriate level of medical fitness and sea<br />

safety training to be onboard for the activities that will be undertaken. The following is<br />

the minimum requirement to be onboard during voyages within harbour limits:<br />

a. Staff<br />

i) Possess an Elements of Shipboard Safety Certificate as a minimum<br />

requirement of sea safety training.<br />

ii) Completion of the Field Safety & Medical Declaration Form.<br />

iii) Awareness of restricted areas within the vessel and limitations of activities<br />

during operations as determined by the Master.<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 3 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

b. Students<br />

i) Possess an Elements of Shipboard Safety Certificate as a minimum<br />

requirement of sea safety training.<br />

ii) Completion of the Field Safety & Medical Declaration Form.<br />

iii) Awareness of restricted areas within the vessel and limitations of activities<br />

during operations as determined by the Master.<br />

c. Visiting Staff<br />

i) Awareness of visiting staff restricted areas within the vessel and limitations of<br />

activities during operations as determined by the Master.<br />

ii) Completion of the Field Safety & Medical Declaration Form.<br />

d. Passenger<br />

i) Awareness of passenger restricted areas within the vessel and limitations of<br />

activities during operations as determined by the Master.<br />

ii) Completion of the Field Safety & Medical Declaration Form.<br />

1.2. Prior to departure the <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> crew will carry out a safety induction for all staff,<br />

students visiting staff and passengers.<br />

2. Voyage outside harbour limits<br />

2.1. Prior to departure the Master of the vessel is to be satisfied that the students, staff,<br />

visiting staff and passengers have the appropriate level of medical fitness and sea<br />

safety training to be onboard for the activities that will be undertaken. The following is<br />

the minimum requirement to be onboard during voyages outside harbour limits:<br />

a. Staff<br />

i) Possess an Elements of Shipboard Safety Certificate as a minimum<br />

requirement for sea safety training.<br />

ii) Completion of an up-to-date <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> cruise participation medical<br />

assessment.<br />

iii) Awareness of restricted areas within the vessel and limitations of activities<br />

during operations as determined by the Master.<br />

b. Students<br />

i) Possess an Elements of Shipboard Safety Certificate as a minimum<br />

requirement of sea safety training.<br />

ii) Completion of an up-to-date <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> cruise participation medical<br />

assessment.<br />

iii) Awareness of restricted areas within the vessel and limitations of activities<br />

during operations as determined by the Master.<br />

c. Visiting Staff<br />

i) Awareness of visiting staff restricted areas within the vessel and limitations of<br />

activities during operations as determined by the Master.<br />

ii) As a minimum the completion of the Field Safety & Medical Declaration Form<br />

for voyage less than 24 hours. For voyages over 24 hours, completion of an<br />

up-to-date <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> cruise participation medical assessment or<br />

equivalent.<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 4 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

d. Passenger<br />

i) Awareness of passenger restricted areas within the vessel and limitations of<br />

activities during operations as determined by the Master.<br />

ii) As a minimum the completion of the Field Safety & Medical Declaration Form<br />

for voyage less than 24 hours. For voyages over 24 hours, completion of an<br />

up-to-date <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> cruise participation medical assessment or<br />

equivalent.<br />

2.2. Prior to departure the <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> crew will carry out a safety induction for all<br />

students and staff.<br />

Revisions<br />

Date: 5 Dec 2007<br />

Amended by: Neil Stanesby<br />

Nature of 1. Changed the WI number<br />

amendment: from WI.SMIO.10 to WI.BF.1<br />

2. Clarified the definition of<br />

up-to-date Cruise<br />

Participation Medical<br />

Assessment to be in line with<br />

current AMC practice<br />

3. Addition of Field Safety &<br />

Medical Declaration from to<br />

within harbour limits voyages<br />

4. Addition of a minimum the<br />

completion of the Field<br />

Safety & Medical Declaration<br />

Form for voyage less than 24<br />

hours. For voyages over 24<br />

hours completion of an<br />

up-to-date <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

cruise participation medical<br />

assessment or equivalent.<br />

For voyage outside harbour<br />

limits for visiting staff and<br />

passengers.<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 5 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

OUTSIDE HARBOUR WATERS FIELD TRIP<br />

CHECKLIST AND NOTIFICATION<br />

Please complete checklist for each trip and send one week before voyage to:<br />

Master <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

Locked Bag 1409<br />

Field Trip Coordinator Contact number Start voyage End voyage Voyage purpose:<br />

Number of participants Will minors (under 18) participate?<br />

NO Checklist: YES<br />

1. Completion of Medical Assessment for Cruise Participation<br />

2. Completion of a self-assessment medical declaration (within past 12 months)<br />

3. Minimum of ESS certificate 1<br />

4. Complete following for each person on voyage<br />

Name<br />

ESS Cert<br />

No.<br />

Date<br />

issued<br />

Medical<br />

assessment<br />

or<br />

Medical<br />

declaration<br />

or<br />

Classification<br />

Student/Staff/ Visiting<br />

Staff/ Passenger<br />

Rollcall Onboard<br />

or<br />

1<br />

Individuals that do not have the minimum of the ESS may be refused to undertake the<br />

voyage or maybe classified as a Passenger 2<br />

. The Master is responsible for the safety of all<br />

persons while they are onboard the vessel. Final approval for anyone to be on the vessel is<br />

a decision of the Master.<br />

2<br />

Passenger: A person who observes operations, but is not to participate in any activities.<br />

This person has restricted access to parts of the vessel, as identified by the Master, such as<br />

the main deck area during fishing operations.<br />

Signature Field Trip Coordinator Signature Master <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 6 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

INSIDE HARBOUR WATERS FIELD TRIP<br />

CHECKLIST AND NOTIFICATION<br />

Please complete checklist for each trip and send one week before voyage to:<br />

Master <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

Locked Bag 1409<br />

Field Trip Coordinator Contact number Start voyage End voyage Voyage purpose:<br />

Number of participants Will minors (under 18) participate?<br />

NO Checklist: YES<br />

1. Completion of Field Safety Declaration Form<br />

2. Minimum of ESS certificate 1<br />

3. Complete following for each person on voyage<br />

Name<br />

ESS Cert<br />

No.<br />

Date<br />

issued<br />

Field Safety<br />

Form or<br />

Classification<br />

Student/Staff/ Visiting Staff/<br />

Passenger<br />

Rollcall Onboard<br />

or<br />

1<br />

Individuals that do not have the minimum of the ESS may be refused to undertake the<br />

voyage or maybe classified as a Passenger 2<br />

. The Master is responsible for the safety of all<br />

persons while they are onboard the vessel. Final approval for anyone to be on the vessel is<br />

a decision of the Master.<br />

2<br />

Passenger: A person who observes operations, but is not to participate in any activities.<br />

This person has restricted access to parts of the vessel, as identified by the Master, such as<br />

the main deck area during fishing operations.<br />

Signature Field Trip Coordinator Signature Master <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 7 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

FIELD WORK SAFETY AND MEDICAL DECLARATION FORM<br />

The <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong> (AMC) will take all reasonably practicable steps to protect<br />

the health, safety and welfare of its employees, contractors, students and other people who<br />

may be in or near a place where AMC conducts its operations, and is committed to the<br />

continuous improvement of management standards to achieve best practice.<br />

In order for the AMC to meet its duty of care obligations all employees, students, contractors<br />

and visitors who are intending to participate in field work must complete this form prior to the<br />

commencement of the activity and submit it to the field work supervisor for approval. When<br />

completed this form may contain confidential information which will kept secure by the field<br />

work supervisor.<br />

Participant‐Surname Given Names<br />

Field Work Location<br />

Field Work Date/s Supervisor Name<br />

Emergency Contact Alternative Contact<br />

Relationship to Contact Relationship to Contact<br />

Phone‐Home Phone‐Home<br />

Work Work<br />

Mobile Mobile<br />

Question Answer Details if answer is Yes<br />

Do you suffer from sea or motion<br />

sickness?<br />

Yes/No .............................................<br />

During the past five years have you<br />

suffered any significant illness or<br />

been hospitalised for an extended<br />

period?<br />

Yes/No .............................................<br />

Do you have any known allergies or Yes/No<br />

suffer from reactions to<br />

medication/drugs?<br />

.............................................<br />

Do you have diabetes, hypertension<br />

or heart disease, asthma, epilepsy or<br />

suffer from migraines?<br />

Yes/No .............................................<br />

Do you take any prescribed<br />

medication that the field work<br />

supervisor should have knowledge<br />

of?<br />

Yes/No .............................................<br />

Declaration<br />

I, .................................................., declare that the answers to the above questions are true,<br />

that I have not withheld any relevant information, and that I consider myself medically able to<br />

participate in the proposed field work. I guarantee to advise the field work supervisor should<br />

there be any changes to my medical condition.<br />

I agree to comply with all AMC policies and procedures relative to the field work and that I<br />

will abide by any reasonable directions given by the field work supervisor.<br />

Signed: ................................................. Date: ......................................<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 8 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

MEDICAL ASSESSMENT FOR RESEARCH CRUISE PARTICIPATION<br />

Dear Doctor,<br />

The bearer plans to participate in a research or teaching cruise on the vessel <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong>.<br />

During the cruise, the ship may be some days away from port and the only source of trained<br />

medical assistance is the ship’s captain, who is trained in first aid. The ship is small (35m.)<br />

and has a lively motion. Those on board will be required to work for extended periods at all<br />

hours in all weather conditions. In the case of an emergency, it may take several days to sail<br />

into sheltered waters or to put into port. In the interest of safety, please examine the bearer<br />

to ensure their fitness to participate.<br />

A current immunisation for tetanus is desirable, though not compulsory.<br />

Please note that if the bearer is pregnant, suffers from diabetes, heart disease, hypertension<br />

or any condition that could become a problem at sea, we may require a second examination<br />

by a doctor of our choice. In this case, please complete the form in terms of the bearer’s<br />

general medical condition, and in particular, please respond to the question regarding the<br />

above conditions.<br />

Please telephone me at the <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong> on (03) 6335 4705 if you require<br />

further information or if you feel that an assessment beyond that required by this form is<br />

needed (such as special tests or specialist referral).<br />

The bearer’s self assessment and short history are attached.<br />

Please return this form to the bearer when complete.<br />

Thank you for your assistance.<br />

Student Administration Office<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 9 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

MEDICAL ASSESSMENT FORM<br />

(please print)<br />

Full Name<br />

Age<br />

Physique Good / Normal / Poor<br />

Height ___________ cm (without shoes)<br />

Weight ___________ kg (in clothes)<br />

Pulse Rate ___________ /minute<br />

Blood pressure ___________ / ___________<br />

Urinalysis Albumen_____________ Glucose__________<br />

Clinical Examination Normal Abnormal Comments on abnormalities or<br />

restrictions<br />

Head and Neck<br />

Vision and Hearing<br />

Respiratory<br />

Cardio-Vascular<br />

Abdomen<br />

Spine<br />

Other musculo-skeletal<br />

Identifying marks<br />

Date of last tetanus toxoid booster<br />

(immunisation is voluntary)<br />

Does the subject have diabetes, hypertension,<br />

heart disease, or is she pregnant?<br />

Please delete inappropriate statements:<br />

• I consider the subject medically fit for a cruise not exceeding five days duration.<br />

• The bearer requires further assessment before a decision can be made.<br />

• I consider the subject medically unfit for a cruise exceeding five days duration.<br />

Please indicate any medications necessary while at sea:<br />

Please indicate any medications the subject should not be given (allergies etc):<br />

Signed: …………………………...............… Date: ……………………..<br />

Provider Number: ………..............…......…<br />

Name and professional address: ……………………………………………………………..<br />

........................................................................................................................................<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 10 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Dear Student,<br />

PERSONAL QUESTIONNAIRE FOR CRUISE PARTICIPANTS<br />

Page 1 of 3<br />

Please complete and sign this form and return it to the S.A. Office (Newnham) at least three<br />

weeks before your cruise. If you do not return the form, you will not be allowed to sail. The<br />

information will be made available to the Captain however, it will remain confidential.<br />

Personal Details<br />

Full Name<br />

Preferred Name<br />

Sex Male / Female<br />

Date of birth<br />

Home Address<br />

Person to be notified in<br />

case of emergency<br />

Name<br />

Relationship<br />

Address<br />

Phone<br />

Please read the following carefully and sign. I declare that:<br />

• The medical information I have provided on enrolment is accurate regarding my past<br />

and present health.<br />

• I am aware that there is no expert medical service available on board.<br />

• I am aware that alcohol, non-prescribed drugs and stimulants are not permitted on the<br />

ship, and that smoking is not permitted within the ship.<br />

Signed: …………………………………………………..<br />

This ……………..day of ……………… 20/…….<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 11 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Dear Student,<br />

Page 2 of 3<br />

Name: ____________________<br />

Please print<br />

MEDICAL DECLARATION<br />

This medical report should be complete, signed and returned on enrolment or at least three<br />

weeks before your first cruise of the year. Although positive answers may not disqualify you,<br />

if you do not return the completed form you will not be allowed to sail. This medical report will<br />

be valid for twelve months and details will be available to the Master of the <strong>BLUEFIN</strong>.<br />

Please take this form and the medical assessment form with you to the doctor.<br />

Question Answer Details if answer is ‘Yes’<br />

Do you suffer badly from Yes/No ……………………………<br />

seasickness? ……………………………<br />

During the least five years, have<br />

Yes/No<br />

……………………………<br />

you suffered any significant illness<br />

or been in hospital?<br />

……………………………<br />

Are you aware of any condition Yes/No ……………………………<br />

that could incapacitate you at sea ……………………………<br />

or could require expert medical<br />

attention?<br />

Do you have diabetes,<br />

Yes/No<br />

……………………………<br />

hypertension, heart disease, or are<br />

you pregnant?<br />

……………………………<br />

Do you have any allergies or Yes/No ……………………………<br />

reactions to drugs? ……………………………<br />

Declaration<br />

I, …………………………………………. declare that the answers to the above questions are<br />

true, that I have not withheld any relevant information, and that I consider myself fit to<br />

participate in the cruise.<br />

Signed: ………………………………. Witness: ………………………………<br />

Date: ……………….. Date: ………………..<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 12 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Page 3 of 3<br />

I, …………………………………………………………………………………… (full name)<br />

of ………………………………………………………………………………… (address)<br />

understand that I may be exposed to certain risks of injury, death or loss or damage to<br />

personal property and equipment on the <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong>.<br />

I hereby release the <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong>, its officers, agents and employees from:<br />

(a) any claim or liability for injuries to my person;<br />

(b) any loss and damage to property and equipment; and<br />

(c) any other loss, cost, liability and expense,<br />

directly arising from my participation on the cruise except to the extent that a claim, loss,<br />

cost, liability or expense is caused or contributed to by any negligent act or omission by<br />

AMC, its officers, agents or employees.<br />

Signed this ………………………day of ………………………..20/…..<br />

by ………………………………………................. (Signature of Participant)<br />

in the presence of ………………………………… (Signature of Witness)<br />

Date ……/……/20……<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 13 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

WORK INSTRUCTION<br />

AMC - DIVISION OF ACADEMIC AND RESEARCH<br />

SCHOOL OF MARITIME INDUSTRY OPERATIONS<br />

Work Instruction Title High Risk Onboard Training<br />

Work Instruction Number MTO-D 8<br />

Responsibility of Head of SMIO<br />

Approved by SMIO Operations Meeting 24 Aug 2005<br />

Date approved 24 Aug 2005<br />

Current Version 18 August 2005<br />

Review Date 18 August 2007<br />

Related Policies/Documents OHS-01 Occupational Health and Safety Policy<br />

OHS-02 Laboratory and Workshop Safety<br />

Workplace Inspection Model Checklist<br />

RM001 Risk Management Policy<br />

Document control This document is controlled by Head of SMIO<br />

Purpose<br />

The professional seafarer needs to competently carry out tasks in a potentially dangerous<br />

workplace. The at-sea environment for the trainee involves uncertain dangers and hazards<br />

that are not normally experienced. Training and assessment in the real work, potentially high<br />

risk, environment is necessary for ensuring the future safety of the trainee. However,<br />

benefits derived from this training and assessment may be negated by injuring to the<br />

trainee.<br />

The purpose of this work instruction is to provide guidance to the vessel training team<br />

regarding prudent actions that should be undertaken to prepare for high risk onboard<br />

training. This work instruction will also instil in trainees safe work practices and<br />

professionalism and will increase their own personal safety through increased situational<br />

awareness, attention to detail and care for themselves and others.<br />

Scope<br />

This work instruction applies to MTO-D students on an AMC training vessel and is to be<br />

applied in conjunction with the AMC Quality and Improvement Occupation Health and<br />

Safety policies and procedures and the training vessels’ specific requirements.<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 14 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Definitions and Acronyms<br />

Activity The onboard training exercise undertaken by the trainees which<br />

involves more than one trainee.<br />

Activity Folder An ongoing record of the activities, debriefing notes and hazard<br />

Hazard checklist<br />

High Risk Training<br />

identification checklists.<br />

Checklist used to assist in determining hazards in an activity.<br />

High risk activity shall include, but not be limited to, the following:<br />

• Confined space training<br />

• BA rescue training<br />

• Paraguard training<br />

• Life raft training<br />

• Height/aloft operations<br />

• Pyrotechnic demonstrations<br />

• Shooting and retrieval of nets<br />

• Rope, cable or wire under tension<br />

• Winch operations<br />

• Heavy weather work<br />

• Handling of marine life<br />

• Over the side operations<br />

The following operations will not normally be considered high risk:<br />

• One storey up deck operations<br />

• Berthing and unberthing the vessel<br />

• Stowage of gangway and equipment<br />

• Anchoring and letting go anchor<br />

Lecturer<br />

The academic staff member responsible for the standard of<br />

delivery and assessment of the trainee.<br />

Master The person in command of the vessel.<br />

Officer in Charge The person designated to be in command of the activity.<br />

Risk Treatment These are the range of options undertaken to treating the risk and<br />

may include:<br />

Avoiding. The activity or hazard contains intolerable risk and it is<br />

decided not to proceed or choose an alternative more tolerable<br />

activity or process that meets the objectives of the training<br />

exercise.<br />

Reducing. The risk the activity or hazard contains is reduced to an<br />

acceptable level through management of the hazard. For example:<br />

increased supervision, available equipment, information,<br />

inspection, communication etc.<br />

‘Stop work’ The ‘Stop work’ call can be made by anyone on the vessel to end<br />

an activity because of safety concerns or a situation which<br />

requires the attention of a person involved in the activity.<br />

Trainee An AMC student involved in the activity.<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 15 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Responsibilities<br />

1. Master (or his/her delegate)<br />

1.1. Maintain the safety of the vessel, personnel and environment throughout the activity.<br />

1.2. Determine the risk potential of an activity based on this procedure and prevailing and<br />

forecast conditions on the vessel, personnel and weather.<br />

1.3. Inspect the activity site and equipment (if necessary).<br />

1.4. Give input into the determination of hazards and risk treatment.<br />

1.5. Given the level of hazard and risk treatment, determine if the students are competent<br />

to undertake the activity safely.<br />

1.6. Determine if the activity should go ahead.<br />

1.7. Monitor the risk treatment (if necessary).<br />

1.8. Monitor the activity progress.<br />

1.9. Call ‘stop work’ if you believe that the activity risks harm to the personnel, vessel or<br />

environment.<br />

1.10. Participate in the activity debriefing (if necessary).<br />

2. Lecturer<br />

2.1. Determine the learning outcomes and assessment criteria of the training activity.<br />

2.2. Determine the training sequence, resource requirements and necessary competence<br />

requirements of the participants.<br />

2.3. Determine the risk potential of an activity based on this procedure and prevailing and<br />

forecast conditions on the vessel, personnel and weather.<br />

2.4. Inspect the activity site and equipment.<br />

2.5. Give input into the determination of hazards and risk treatment.<br />

2.6. Given the level of hazard and risk treatment, determine if the students are competent<br />

to undertake the activity safely.<br />

2.7. Determine if the activity should go ahead<br />

2.8. Monitor the risk treatment.<br />

2.9. Brief the trainees on the learning outcomes, assessment criteria, sequence of the<br />

activity and designate the tasks of the trainees.<br />

2.10. Monitor the activity progress.<br />

2.11. Call ‘stop work’ if you believe that the activity is at risk of harm to the personnel,<br />

vessel or environment.<br />

2.12. Lead the activity debriefing.<br />

2.13. Note the lessons learnt (what went well, what did not go so well and what can be done<br />

better next time) and file with hazard checklist in the file activity folder.<br />

3. Officer in Charge (OIC) – may be the master or the lecturer<br />

3.1. Determine the risk potential of an activity based on this procedure and prevailing and<br />

forecast conditions on the vessel, personnel and weather.<br />

3.2. Inspect the activity site and equipment.<br />

3.3. Give input into the determination of hazards and risk treatment.<br />

3.4. Given the level of hazard and risk treatment, determine if the students are competent<br />

to undertake the activity safely.<br />

3.5. Determine if the activity should go ahead.<br />

3.6. Undertake the risk treatment.<br />

3.7. Brief the students on the hazards, risk treatments and the ‘Stop work’ authorisation<br />

available to all participants.<br />

3.8. Act on any safety concerns raised by trainees.<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 16 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

3.9. Call the start of the exercise.<br />

3.10. Monitor the activity progress.<br />

3.11. Call ‘stop work’ if you believe that the activity risks harm to the personnel, vessel or<br />

environment.<br />

3.12. Call the completion of the exercise.<br />

3.13. Participate in the activity debriefing.<br />

4. Trainee<br />

4.1. Undertake all risk treatment required of the OIC and the activity.<br />

4.2. Undertake designated tasks in the activity.<br />

4.3. Voice any questions or concerns to the master, OIC or lecturer.<br />

4.4. Monitor the training activity.<br />

4.5. Call ‘stop work’ if you believe that the activity risks harm to the personnel, vessel or<br />

environment.<br />

4.6. Participate in the activity debriefing.<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 17 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Flowchart<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 18 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Activity<br />

Lecturer<br />

Date<br />

Appendix A<br />

Hazard Identification Checklist<br />

Hazard Identification Questions (not limited to these listed)<br />

Please tick ( ) the response<br />

1. Does the activity have situations that can potentially trap, engulf, or drown?<br />

2. Is vision obscured by 1m or less?<br />

3. Does the space contain any mechanical equipment?<br />

4. Does the space have an Entrapment Hazard?<br />

5. Does the activity contain thermal hazards (e.g., extremely hot or cold)?<br />

6. Does the space contain excessive noise levels which could interfere with<br />

communication?<br />

7. Can communication be lost with OIC?<br />

8. This there a Man-Over-Board risk?<br />

9. Can the students be stung, bitten or poisoned by wildlife?<br />

10. Do the participants have any known medical conditions?<br />

11. Does the activity require leaving the vessel?<br />

12. Does the activity present any slip, trip, or fall hazards?<br />

13. Are there any operations conducted near the space opening which could present a<br />

hazard?<br />

14. Are there any hazards from falling objects?<br />

15. Are cleaning solvents or paints going to be used in the space?<br />

16. Is there an electrical hazards in the activity?<br />

17. Does the space have poor natural ventilation which would allow an atmospheric<br />

hazard to develop?<br />

18. Are there any conditions which could prevent 'self-rescue from the space?<br />

19. Are there any substances used in the space which have acute hazards?<br />

20. Does the activity restrict mobility to the extent that it could trap?<br />

21. Are there ropes and lines under dangerous tension?<br />

22. Are there pressurised lines servicing the area?<br />

23. Work permits complete (enclosed space, hot work, work aloft etc)<br />

24. Other<br />

25.<br />

26.<br />

27.<br />

A1.1<br />

Yes No<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 19 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Activity<br />

Date<br />

OIC<br />

Lecturer<br />

What went well?<br />

What did not go as well as expected?<br />

What can we do better next time?<br />

Appendix B<br />

Lessons Learnt<br />

B1.1<br />

Append 5.2 - Field Trip Info.docx 20 of 20<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 5.3<br />

STUDENT TRAINING – <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> CUSTOMER FEEDBACK SURVEY<br />

Would you please assist us by providing feedback on your time aboard?<br />

The Evaluation Survey forms part of <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong>’s Quality Assurance process for ensuring<br />

continual improvement of vessel operations.<br />

Cruise Leader<br />

Voyage Undertaken<br />

Date<br />

Please answer the following questions by circling the number that best suits your feeling:<br />

VESSEL OPERATIONS<br />

1. Did the <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> meet your training/operational requirements?<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

2. Did the area of operation suit your training/operational needs?<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

3. The training provided effective opportunities for active participation.<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

4. Did the equipment used fulfil the training requirements?<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

1. Were meals of a satisfactory standard?<br />

ACCOMMODATION AND MEALS<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

2. Cleanliness and presentation of a satisfactory standard?<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

3. Menu selection satisfactory?<br />

4. Accommodation clean and tidy?<br />

5. Amenities satisfactory?<br />

1. The crew communicated effectively.<br />

VESSEL CREW<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

Append 5.3 - Customer Feedback Survey.docx 1 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

2. The crew discussed questions and assisted effectively.<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

3. The crew interacted and related well to the participants.<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

OH&S<br />

1. Do you believe that the vessel crew implement a safe culture?<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

2. Did you find work instructions JSAs and tool box meetings sufficient to explain risks<br />

associated with your training requirements?<br />

Strongly disagree 1 2 3 4 5 6 Strongly agree<br />

3. Were there any OH&S concerns whilst conducting training?<br />

ADDITIONAL COMMENTS<br />

YES / NO<br />

Append 5.3 - Customer Feedback Survey.docx 2 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 6.0<br />

PERMITS TO WORK RELATED DOCUMENTS – CONTENTS PAGE<br />

Appendix 6.1 Job Safety Analysis Review Sheet<br />

Appendix 6.2 Confined Space Work Permit<br />

Appendix 6.3 Hazardous Work Permit<br />

Appendix 6.4 Hot Work Permit<br />

Append 6.0 - Contents Page.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 6.1<br />

PERMITS TO WORK – JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS REVIEW SHEET<br />

This form applies for tasks/jobs which have no existing SOP and must be completed before the task/job<br />

commences. Tick only the boxes as marked where hazards may apply.<br />

Task/Job: Location:<br />

Persons undertaking assessment: Date of Assessment:<br />

Hierarchy of Controls: 1) Elimination 2) Substitution 3) Engineering 4) Administration 5) PPE<br />

Permits Required: (Tick appropriate box if required)<br />

Hot Work Confined Space Working at Heights<br />

Excavation Work<br />

High Voltage<br />

Maintenance<br />

Inspection/Testing<br />

Bunkering/Refuelling<br />

[ ] Other: (List) _______________________________________________________________________<br />

Licences/Accreditation Required: (Tick appropriate box if required)<br />

Fork Lift Licence Crane/Derrick First Aid<br />

Elevated Work Platform Dogging/Rigger Boat Licence<br />

Working at Heights Scaffolding Coxswain Cert. Or higher<br />

Confined Space Plumbing/Gas works (LPG) Fast Rescue Vessel<br />

Car, MR/HR truck Bus/Public Vehicle<br />

[ ] Other: (List) _______________________________________________________________________<br />

PPE Required: (Tick appropriate box if required)<br />

Safety Glasses Overalls/Protective Clothing Hearing Protection<br />

Gloves Hard Hats Respiratory Equipment<br />

Fall Arrest Harness Safety Footwear Personal Floatation Device<br />

[ ] Other: (List) _______________________________________________________________________<br />

Hazards: (Tick appropriate box if identified/required)<br />

Working at Heights Confined Space Fumes<br />

Stored Energy Sharp Cutting Edges Noise<br />

Mobile Plant Slippery Surfaces Hazardous Substances<br />

Pinch Points Isolation Manual Handling<br />

Falls/Overhead work Lighting Non Skilled/Trained Personnel<br />

High Voltage High Speed Communication Equipment<br />

Fire Protection/Prevention Tripping Hazard Repetitive Actions Required<br />

Fuels i.e. diesel/petrol Concealed Services-<br />

High Pressureair/water/oil/electrical<br />

wiring oil/steam/water/air<br />

Gases i.e.<br />

Acetylene/oxygen<br />

Hypo/hyperthermia<br />

Bites and Stings Person Overboard<br />

[ ] Other: (List) _______________________________________________________________________<br />

[ ] Flammable or combustible substances present: (List) ______________________________________<br />

Append 6.1 - Job Safety Analysis Review.docx 1 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS CONTROL SHEET<br />

Persons who identify hazards must ensure that all personnel undertaking tasks are advised of the hazards prior to work commencing. This form MUST<br />

be completed before any work commence and is to be retained in the relevant work area with copies available for use, inspection or audit at any time.<br />

Job/Task Steps Hazard Identified Hazard Control Required Resp. Person Est. Comp. Date Act Com Date<br />

Persons undertaking job/task must read and sign this form to ensure they understand the identified hazards.<br />

Personnel signatures:<br />

Name: Date: Name: Date:<br />

Name: Date: Name: Date:<br />

Name: Date: Name: Date:<br />

Append 6.1 - Job Safety Analysis Review.docx 2 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Job/Task Steps Hazard Identified Hazard Control Required Resp. Person Est. Comp. Date Act Com Date<br />

Append 6.1 - Job Safety Analysis Review.docx 3 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 6.2<br />

PERMITS TO WORK – CONFINED SPACE WORK PERMIT<br />

The contractor or their supervisor is responsible for completing this permit. This permit is valid only for the<br />

date and time specified.<br />

The Manager is responsible for ensuring the permit has been satisfactorily completed prior to the<br />

commencement of work.<br />

When the work is complete or this permit expires, the authorised person for the confined space work must<br />

sign off the permit.<br />

Part A: Authorisation<br />

Permit number: Date:<br />

Authorised person (confined space work supervisor):<br />

Permit validity: Date of entry: / / Time of entry: From: To:<br />

Proposed work to be carried out and location:<br />

Name of person entering confined space:<br />

Name of stand-by person:<br />

Part B: Pre-entry Requirements<br />

Requirements Yes N/A Comment/Action<br />

1 Has a confined space risk assessment been<br />

conducted and a risk control plan documented?<br />

2 Are any mechanical, electrical, pipe, valve or other<br />

isolations required?<br />

For example, pipelines (water, steam or gas),<br />

mechanical or electrical drives, sludges, deposits,<br />

wastes, harmful materials, electrical services,<br />

warning notices, locks and tags fixes to means of<br />

isolation, radiation and mechanical services.<br />

3 Have the levels of ventilation and<br />

oxygen/contaminants been checked?<br />

4 Is ventilation equipment required?<br />

Specify type used.<br />

5 Art toxic gases, solids or liquids present?<br />

Oxygen %<br />

Flammable gases % LEL<br />

Other ppm<br />

Append 6.2 - Confined Space Work Permit.docx 1 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Requirements Yes N/A Comment/Action<br />

6 Is safety equipment or personal protective<br />

equipment required?<br />

Specify PPE to be worn.<br />

For example, supplied air respirators, air purifying<br />

respirator, safety harness, safety protection, foot<br />

protection, protective clothing, hearing protectors,<br />

safety helmets or communication equipment.<br />

7 Have health assessments of personnel been<br />

conducted?<br />

8 Is a stand-by person required? Most work requires<br />

nomination of a stand-by person.<br />

9 Ventilation requirement for purging?<br />

10 Are danger tags or signs displayed?<br />

11 Are the appropriate emergency procedures or<br />

equipment in place and understood by all parties<br />

entering the work space and stand-by personnel?<br />

Specify.<br />

12 The conditions for entry are as marked below:<br />

a) With supplied air breathing apparatus<br />

b) Without respiratory protection<br />

c) With escape unit<br />

Part C: Other hazards, precautions or requirements<br />

Requirements Yes N/A Comment/Action<br />

1 Warning notices, barricades.<br />

2 Smoking is forbidden.<br />

3 All persons, including the stand-by person, have<br />

attended an accredited course in C.S. entry.<br />

Append 6.2 - Confined Space Work Permit.docx 2 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Part D: Authorised person/Confined space work supervisor acceptance<br />

I/We have checked the permits, procedures and isolations required for the safe entry and execution of the<br />

work in the confined space.<br />

Persons entering the confined space are listed below, and will log in/out and will comply with these, any<br />

other reasonable instruction and in accordance with <strong>Australian</strong> Standard AS 2865.<br />

The work area shall be checked and secured on completion of activities.<br />

Name: ________________________________________<br />

Name Date Time in Time out<br />

Signature: _____________________________________ Date: ________________________<br />

Part E: Log in/out<br />

Part F: Close out (Authorised contractor)<br />

Name:<br />

Manager<br />

Permit returned, work completed<br />

Name:<br />

Signature:<br />

Date:<br />

Signature Date:<br />

Time:<br />

File the completed form in the Contractors, Suppliers, Demonstrators and Visitors folder after the<br />

“Confined Space Work Permits” tab.<br />

Retain this form on site for 2 years then archive for a further 5 years.<br />

Append 6.2 - Confined Space Work Permit.docx 3 of 3<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 6.3<br />

PERMITS TO WORK – HAZARDOUS WORKS PERMIT<br />

This form is located at: http://www.amc.edu.au/occupational-health-safety (& select the<br />

Hazardous Works Permit form)<br />

Append 6.3 - Hazardous Work Permit.docx 1 of 4<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 6.3 - Hazardous Work Permit.docx 2 of 4<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 6.3 - Hazardous Work Permit.docx 3 of 4<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 6.3 - Hazardous Work Permit.docx 4 of 4<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 6.4<br />

PERMITS TO WORK – HOT WORK PERMIT<br />

This form is located at: http://www.amc.edu.au/occupational-health-safety (& select the<br />

Hot Work Permit form)<br />

Append 6.4 - Hot Work Permit.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 7.0<br />

SPECIFICATION/SURVEY REQUIREMENT RELATED DOCUMENTS<br />

CONTENTS PAGE<br />

Appendix 7.1 <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Specifications & Survey Requirements<br />

Append 7.0 - Contents Page.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc<br />

Revised: November 2010<br />

APPENDIX 7.1<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

SPECIFICATIONS<br />

& SURVEY REQUIREMENTS<br />

Revised: November, 2010<br />

<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Ports and Shipping<br />

Tel: + 61 (0) 3 6324 9640 Fax: + 61 (0) 3 6324 9720


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

MAIN DIMENSIONS<br />

Length OA 34.50 m<br />

Length BP 32.00 m<br />

Breadth 10.00 m<br />

Freeboard to working deck 1.20 m<br />

Maximum draft 4.40 m<br />

Deadweight 53.60 t<br />

DESIGN PARTICULARS<br />

Hull materials Steel<br />

RANGE, SPEED AND ENDURANCE<br />

Cruising range 2,500 nm<br />

Cruising speed 10.0 knots<br />

Maximum Speed 10.5 knots<br />

Endurance 15 days<br />

ACCOMMODATION<br />

Officers + Crew 5 persons<br />

Scientists + Trainees 20 persons<br />

Air Conditioned<br />

Accommodation is designed to passenger standard for<br />

lecturers and students. As such, it is much more<br />

comfortable than accommodation in normal fishing boats.<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM<br />

AC Voltage 415V total 96kVA 3 phase 50 Hz<br />

AC Voltage 415V total 96kVA 3 phase 50 Hz<br />

AC Voltage 24V total 30kW<br />

Stabilised system for scientific equipment<br />

Voltage 240 VAC total 60 AMP 50<br />

RESEARCH FACILITIES<br />

Marine Biology Wet Lab 9 square metres<br />

Research Office, with computers and microscopes<br />

10 square metres<br />

Sheltered deck space with work tables<br />

CAPACITIES AND WORKING SPACES<br />

Gross Tonnage 387GRT<br />

Dry cargo hold No. 1 4 cubic metres<br />

Fuel 46 cubic metres<br />

Fresh water 30 cubic metres<br />

Ballast water 20 cubic metres<br />

Wet laboratories (total area) 9 square metres<br />

Dry laboratories (total area) 10 square metres<br />

Hold for fresh fish 5 cubic metres<br />

Hold for frozen fish 3 cubic metres<br />

Free working deck area 20 square metres<br />

Space for container laboratory 6m x 6m<br />

Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc Page 1 of 13<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Vessel Name: <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

Flag: Australia<br />

Type: Fisheries training/research vessel –<br />

multipurpose stern trawler<br />

Survey: Class 2A and UMG (USL Code)<br />

Ocean or sea area(s) where vessel operates: Area 1: Tasman Sea<br />

Area 2: Pacific, Southwest<br />

Owner: <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Operator: Same<br />

Street Address: Newnham Drive,<br />

Mailing Address: Locked Bag 1400, Launceston, 7250<br />

Country: Tasmania, Australia<br />

Telephone Number: (03) 6324 9862<br />

Telex Number: 58827<br />

Facsimile Number: (03) 6326 3790<br />

Contact name in your Institution<br />

for further information on vessel(s): Capt. John Lloyd<br />

Yard where built: Tamar Steel Boats<br />

In Country: Tasmania, Australia<br />

Year built: 1981<br />

Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc Page 2 of 13<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

MAIN DIMENSIONS<br />

Length OA 34.50 m<br />

Length BP 32.00 m<br />

Breadth 10.00 m<br />

Freeboard to working deck 1.20 m<br />

Maximum draft 4.40 m<br />

Deadweight 53.60 t<br />

DESIGN PARTICULARS<br />

Hull materials – Steel<br />

Energy Sources - .1 Diesel Propulsion<br />

Main Engine:<br />

Power (BHP) Caterpillar 850 HP at 1,200 rpm<br />

Diameter and max. rpm propeller 2.20 m at 240 rpm<br />

Total power auxiliary diesels, excl.<br />

Harbour / emergency set 180 KVA<br />

Electrical system:<br />

.1 AC Voltage /415V total 96kVA 3 phase 50 Hz<br />

.2 AC Voltage /415V total 96kVA 3 phase 50 Hz<br />

.3 AC Voltage 24V total 30kW<br />

.4 Stabilised system for scientific equipment.<br />

Voltage 240 VAC total 60 AMP 50 Hz<br />

Picture of <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc Page 3 of 13<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Main Engine – Caterpillar Electric Start 24V DC<br />

Model D 398 Rated at 634KW (850HP) at 1,225 RPM<br />

Fitted with sea-water cooled inter coolers<br />

Governor = Woodward UG8<br />

Reduction gear = Ulstein<br />

Type 220 GSC Ratio = 4.94 – 1<br />

Controls Make MAR-EL No. 512<br />

Type electronic hydraulic with automatic overload control<br />

Propeller, Make = Ulstein, Rotation RH<br />

Model 4 blade Diameter = 2.2m Variable Pitch<br />

Stern tube and seal. HDW Simplex compact (oil lubricated)<br />

Forward power take-off, Make = Twin Disc<br />

Model SP 214 PM T1 Triple output, Rating 38.5 HP / 100 RPM = 471.62/1,225 RPM<br />

Auxiliary Engines – Caterpillar Electric Start 24V DC<br />

Model 3304 rated at 85KW at 1,500 RPM at 0.8 power factor<br />

Governor = Woodward PSG<br />

Generators = Caterpillar SR4. Model 5.192<br />

Voltage regulators, Basler Voltage = 415V x 3HP. 240 x 1HP x 50 HRZ<br />

Model SR4A with build in battery for field flashing, also fitted with emergency hand control.<br />

Excitation support system, Basler<br />

Model SBO – 242<br />

Overcurrent and Revers power protection system. Genop-21<br />

Trip. settings = No. 1 refrigerators = 120 amps Time delay = 5 secs<br />

= No. 2 non-essentials = 138 amps Time delay = 3 secs<br />

= No. 3 short circuit = 150 amps Time delay = 10 secs<br />

Fuel System<br />

The fuel is carried in two double bottom tanks port and starboard forward of the engine room bulk<br />

head. Port tank has a capacity of 19.5 tonnes, the starboard tank 22 tonnes. From the main tanks<br />

the fuel is pumped to what is called a daily service tank or settling tank. This tank has a capacity of<br />

3.1 tonnes. The fuel then passes through a filter and is then fed to the main and auxiliary engines.<br />

APPROX. FUEL CONSUMPTION<br />

7.0 knots: 75 litres per hour<br />

9.0 knots: 100 litres per hour<br />

Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc Page 4 of 13<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

RANGE, SPEED AND ENDURANCE<br />

Cruising range 2,500 nautical miles<br />

Cruising speed 10.0 knots<br />

Maximum speed 11.5 knots<br />

Endurance 15 days<br />

Manoeuvring and Propulsion<br />

C.P. propeller<br />

Bow thruster<br />

Bow anchor, length anchor cable 150m<br />

Steering Gear<br />

Wagner electric hydraulic twin ram<br />

Model T-15-35-EB2. Full follow up<br />

Automatic change over to hand steering on loss of power<br />

Relief valve setting – 1,000PSI<br />

Rudder<br />

Type = Balanced<br />

Angle 37 ½° or 75° total<br />

Hard over to hard time – 11/22 seconds<br />

In 1985 an Alfa Laval Separator model MAB-103B with a solids retaining bowl assembly was<br />

installed. The purpose of this unit is to<br />

(a) Clean and maintain the hyd oil in a satisfactory condition<br />

(b) To remove water and contaminant from the fuel. The separator is used at sea to<br />

transfer fuel from the double bottom tanks to the daily service tank and also to<br />

circulate this tank.<br />

In the separator bowl the liquid being treated is subjected to approximately 7,000 times the earth’s<br />

gravity.<br />

There is a further power pack in the steering flat for driving the net sound winch. Consisting of a<br />

15HP electric motor, driving double pumps of 1.5 gallon and 4 gallons out put at 2,000 PSI. This<br />

unit is also used for operating the deck hatch leading down into the fish handling room.<br />

Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc Page 5 of 13<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

PUMPS AND PIPE SYSTEMS<br />

Cooling Water<br />

The cooling water for the main and auxiliary engines is circulated by engine-driven pumps<br />

manufactured by Caterpillar. This applies to both the fresh and the salt water.<br />

The Air Conditioning Refrigeration plant condenser is sea water cooled also using a mono CD 60<br />

pump with a similar relief valve working at a pressure of 200 KPA.<br />

Domestic freshwater<br />

The fresh water is stored in two double bottom tanks with a total number of 29.7 tonnes. From the<br />

selected tank the water is pumped into a pressure vessel controlled by a pressure switch. From<br />

this pressure storage the fresh water is distributed throughout the vessel.<br />

Domestic salt water<br />

The salt is drawn from the sea water main and pumped into a pressure vessel. This pump is also<br />

controlled by a pressure switch. From the storage tank the water is piped into the ship’s toilets.<br />

Sewage System<br />

The ship’s toilet and all sullage water from the lower deck drains into the sewage tank which is<br />

situated in the forward part of the engine room. From here it is pumped through a macerator and<br />

automatically discharged overboard.<br />

Fire Main (water on deck)<br />

This is supplied by an electrically driven centrifugal pump type 1 ¼ -9 manufactured by Kelly &<br />

Lewis.<br />

This pumps draws salt water from the sea water main and feeds the ship’s fire main switch which<br />

also is used as a general service pump.<br />

There is an additional emergency fire pump driven by and independent diesel motor situated in the<br />

steering flat which doubles for this purpose.<br />

Bilge Pumping<br />

The vessel is divided into a number of compartments each having a bilge suction pipe leading to a<br />

valve chest, which in turn is connected to the bilge pump section chest. This valve chest has also<br />

got a sea injection valve for priming purposes. The bilge pump is a self priming type make, Kelly &<br />

Lewis, model Pegson 2” B3. This pump is also used for pumping water ballast from the fore and<br />

after peaks tanks. The pump discharges overboard. Bilge water is stored in an overhead bilge<br />

tank and discharged to shore facility.<br />

Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc Page 6 of 13<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Fish Handling Room<br />

There is a branch from the fire main supplying sea water for washing down, cleaning fish fillets,<br />

etc.<br />

The handling room has a large drainage sump on the starboard side fitted with a float switch and a<br />

high level alarm. The float switch controls a CD 60 mono pump situated in the engine room which<br />

pumps the sump contents overboard as required.<br />

Navigation and communication<br />

Item Manufacturer Model<br />

Echosounder Furuno FE-824 DRY PAPER, 28KHz AND 200 KHz<br />

TRANSDUCERS<br />

Echosounder JRC JFC-216 COLOUR, 28KHz AND 200 KHz<br />

TRANSDUCERS<br />

Echosounder Simrad EQ Mk 3 50 KHz TRANSDUCER<br />

Radar JRC JMA-3525 RASTER SCAN SONAR 96 nm RANGE<br />

Radar Furuno FR-2115 RADAR WITH A.R.P.A., 21” DISPLAY<br />

Gyro Compass &<br />

Auto Pilot<br />

Tokyo Keiki<br />

Doppler Log JRC JLN-203<br />

Sea Surface<br />

Thermometer<br />

TMQ<br />

Net Monitor Furuno RELATES HEIGHT ABOVE ASEABED AND<br />

DEPTH BELOW SEA SURFACE<br />

Weather Fax Furuno<br />

Remote Position<br />

Radio Beacons<br />

Koden AUTOMATIC DIRECTION FINDING<br />

Differential GPS Furuno CORRECTED GLOBAL POSITIONING<br />

Wind Indicator Young WIND VELOCITY (DIRECTION AND SPEED)<br />

Plotter TMQ ELECTRONIC CHARTS UTILISING DGPS<br />

SIGNAL<br />

GMDSS Furuno GLOBAL MARINE DISTRESS SIGNALLING<br />

SATELLITE (ALLOWING UNRESTRICTED<br />

COMMUNICATIONS WITH SHORE FACILITIES)<br />

Satellite<br />

Telephone<br />

Westinghouse<br />

Seaphone GME<br />

Alarm Systems Litton<br />

Decca/Wormald<br />

ACCOMMODATION<br />

Officers + Crew 5 persons<br />

Scientists + Trainees<br />

Air Conditioned<br />

20 persons<br />

MONITORS VESSEL FUNCTIONS<br />

Accommodation is designed to passenger standard for lecturers and students. As such, it is much<br />

more comfortable than accommodation in normal fishing boats.<br />

Research Facilities<br />

Marine Biology Wet Lab – 9 square metres<br />

Research Office, with computers – 10 square metres<br />

Sheltered deck space with work tables<br />

Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc Page 7 of 13<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

CAPACITIES AND WORKING SPACES<br />

Gross Tonnage 387 GRT<br />

Dry cargo hold No. 1 4 cubic metres<br />

Fuel 46 cubic metres<br />

Fresh water 30 cubic metres<br />

Ballast water 20 cubic metres<br />

Wet laboratories (total area) 9 square metres<br />

Dry laboratories (total area) 10 square metres<br />

Hold for fresh fish 5 cubic metres<br />

Hold for frozen fish 3 cubic metres<br />

Free working deck area 20 square metres<br />

Space for container laboratory 6m x 6m<br />

Storage<br />

Cold storage of samples, volume: 5 cubic metres<br />

TRANSFER BOAT<br />

5 metre, aluminium, twin 50HP outboard<br />

HYDRAULICS<br />

Relief Valve Settings = 2000 PSI<br />

The vessel’s hydraulic system consists of 4 pumps driven off the main engine power take off, ie.<br />

two pumps of 103 gallons each, on double pump of 50 gallons and of 20 gallons making a total of<br />

276 gallons per minute.<br />

There is also an electrically driven 20 gallon pump for standby and harbour duty.<br />

The system is divided up as follows:<br />

Bow Thruster: One of the 103 gallon pumps and also the 50 and the 20 gallon pump are<br />

diverted via directional control valves to the bow.<br />

Port Trawl Winch: When fishing the port side, 103 gallon pump supplies the portside trawl<br />

winch.<br />

Other Winches and Windlass: 103 gallon pump supplies the starboard trawling winch and<br />

net winch (valves fitted). The net winch has additional flow control. The 20 gallon pump<br />

supplies the Gilson winches, the derrick topping winch, the derrick hoist winch, or the<br />

windlass as required. The 50 gallon pump is returning to tank.<br />

The flow from the 20 gallon per minute standby pump can be diverted for any of the above<br />

functions but will give a greatly reduced speed on the larger units.<br />

Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc Page 8 of 13<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Bow Thruster<br />

Make = Ulstein, Type = 14T, Thrust = 1.5 tonnes maximum<br />

Hydraulic motor – Vickers 50m 255A-1C-20<br />

Maximum RPM 1575 125HP<br />

Propeller – Diameter = 900mm, No. of blades = 4, maximum RPM = 576<br />

Windlass<br />

Make = Port Deck Marine, hydraulic drive<br />

Twin gypsy twin independent warp ends<br />

Fitted with dog clutches and mechanical brakes<br />

Bollard Pull<br />

9 Tonnes<br />

Derrick<br />

160° swing<br />

3 tonne single purchase lift<br />

In 1997 Bluefin was fitted with bilge keels situated on her chine. These have reduced her rolling<br />

and increased her sea kindliness. As a result, she supplies a reasonably stable platform for<br />

activities above and beyond her fishing duties.<br />

REFRIGERATION<br />

Domestic<br />

Cool room, temperature = +3°C Capacity = 1.44 tonnes<br />

Freezer = -20°C Capacity = .83 tonnes<br />

Condensors, tubular fresh water cooled<br />

Refrigerants = R404A and R408A<br />

CARGO<br />

Blast freezer = -30°C Capacity = 1.45 tonnes<br />

Fish hold variable down to -10°C Capacity = 2.34 tonnes<br />

Brine tanks N/A<br />

BACK DECK GANTRY (A-FRAME)<br />

• Height 4.5 metres from main deck level<br />

• Width 2.3 to 3 metres<br />

• SWL 3 tonnes<br />

• Hydraulic? Capacity for simultaneous<br />

winch and A-Frame Ops?<br />

No<br />

• Outboard reach 0.5 to 1 metre<br />

Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc Page 9 of 13<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Winch: Two main winches with 1500 metres of wire<br />

• Location Fwd main deck level<br />

• Wire diameter 32mm<br />

• Wire length 2*2500 metres<br />

• Winch speed 3-5 metres per second<br />

Winches can be run through Gantry, utilising blocks and certified strong point.<br />

Tugger Winch: Gilson:<br />

• Location Fwd Main deck in first level<br />

• Wire diameter 20 mm<br />

• Wire length 185/200 metres<br />

• Winch speed free fall to 5 metres/sec<br />

• Test Certificates At college<br />

• Suitable to run through A-Frame? Yes<br />

OVERSIDE POLES<br />

Purpose built pad eyes and mounts are available and can be secured to both sides of the hull.<br />

Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc Page 10 of 13<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong>: MINIMUM MANNING REQUIREMENTS<br />

Student training voyages: 24 hour duration<br />

Master 1<br />

Chief Mate 1<br />

2 nd Mate 1<br />

Chief engineer 1<br />

2 nd Engineer or a dual ticketed crew member with minimum of MED 2.<br />

For interstate voyages and voyages to New Zealand<br />

Master 1<br />

Chief Mate 1<br />

2 nd Mate 1<br />

Chief Engineer 1<br />

2 nd Engineer 1<br />

Deck Rating 3<br />

Further information can be obtained from the AMSA Minimum Manning Certificate located<br />

in the Ship’s Certificate Folder.<br />

Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc Page 11 of 13<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

SURVEY STATUS (AS AT MAY 2009)<br />

<strong>BLUEFIN</strong> IMO 8000035 O/No. 386130<br />

Completion of Build: 1980 USL: Class 2A<br />

Type: Fisheries Training Vessel Length: 32.25 m<br />

GT: 387.3<br />

Certificates Issued Expiry<br />

Cert. of Survey for a Cargo Ship No. T1561 25/3/09 12/3/14<br />

International Loadline No. T1560 25/3/09 12/3/14<br />

International OPP No. T1562 25/3/09 12/3/14<br />

Last Done Due<br />

Annual Survey (due 2/2009) 13/3/09 2/2010 + -3mths<br />

Two Yearly Survey<br />

Inspection of Hull 5/2009 2/2011<br />

Sea Injections and ov/bd disch. Vlvs 5/2009 2/2011<br />

Inspection – propeller, rudder and<br />

underwater fittings<br />

5/2009 2/2011<br />

Four Yearly Survey<br />

Tailshaft withdrawal 3/2007 2/2011<br />

Anchors. Cables to range 3/2007 2/2011<br />

Tanks forming part of the Hull/not oil. Pt<br />

3/2007 2/2011<br />

and Stbd fresh water<br />

Fore peak ballast 3/2007 2/2011<br />

Pt and Stbd Brine 3/2007 2/2011<br />

Aft peak (solid ballast) 3/2007 2/2011<br />

Void spaces Pt. And Stbd 3/2007 2/2011<br />

Installation Tests above 32VAC or DC 3/2007 2/2011<br />

Eight Yearly Survey<br />

Rudderstock and bearing 3/2007 2/2015<br />

Steering gear 7/2004 2/2012<br />

Twelve Yearly Survey<br />

Fuel/oil tanks internally<br />

DB tank Pt<br />

3/2007<br />

2/2019<br />

DB tank Stbd 5/2009 2/2021<br />

Daily service tank 5/2009 2/2021<br />

DB Pt lube oil 5/2009 2/2021<br />

DB Stbd hydraulic oil 5/2009 2/2021<br />

Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc Page 12 of 13<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Machinery Systems<br />

1. Main engine<br />

2. 1 and 2 generators<br />

3. Electrical distribution board<br />

4. Propulsion system<br />

5. Main steering gear<br />

6. Emergency steering gear<br />

7. Bilge system and bilge pumps<br />

8. Main fire pump<br />

9. Derrick<br />

10. Emergency fire pump<br />

11. Fire detection system<br />

12. Windlass cable and anchors<br />

Navigation Equipment<br />

1. Navigation charts<br />

2. Magnetic compass<br />

3. Radar<br />

Emergency Response Equipment<br />

CRITICAL EQUIPMENT LIST<br />

1. Fire fighting equipment<br />

2. First aid equipment<br />

3. All life saving appliances<br />

4. GMDSS equipment and emergency power supply<br />

5. Work boat<br />

Append 7.1 - <strong>MV</strong> Bluefin Specs & Survey.doc Page 13 of 13<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 8.0<br />

REPORTING RELATED DOCUMENTS – CONTENTS PAGE<br />

Appendix 8.1 Emergency Contacts<br />

Appendix 8.2 AMSA/AMC Incident Reporting<br />

Appendix 8.3 AMSA Reporting Requirements<br />

Appendix 8.4 Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP)<br />

Append 8.0 - Contents Page.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

RADIO USAGE AND COMMUNICATION<br />

APPENDIX 8.1<br />

REPORTING - EMERGENCY CONTACTS<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

The <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> is fitted with the following communication facilities:<br />

HF Radio Channels<br />

Channel 2184 KHZ<br />

Channel 4125 KHZ<br />

Channel 6125<br />

DISTRESS ONLY<br />

Channel 16 VHF<br />

Channel 8291<br />

DISTRESS AND SAFETY<br />

ONLY <strong>Australian</strong> Station<br />

Channel 12290 KHZ<br />

Channel 16420 KHZ<br />

NAUCATION AND WEATHER<br />

REPORTS Sydney and Melbourne<br />

Channel 2201 KHZ<br />

Channel 4426 KHZ<br />

Channel 6507 KHZ<br />

Channel 8176 KHZ<br />

Channel 12365 KHZ<br />

VHF Channel 16 Supplementary Channel 67 DISTRESS AND SAFETY<br />

27 MHZ Channel 88<br />

Mobile Phone: 0429 112 977<br />

Satellite Phone: 0145 111 666<br />

Append 8.1 - Emergency Contacts.docx 1 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

AUSTRALIAN MARITIME COLLEGE: EMERGENCY CONTACTS<br />

Contact Capt. John Lloyd<br />

Title Director – AMC National Centre Ports and Shipping (DPA)<br />

Business Phone 03 6324 9640<br />

Mobile 0408 124 157<br />

Fax 03 6326 6493<br />

Email j.lloyd@amc.edu.au<br />

Contact John Foster<br />

Title CEO – AMC Search Ltd (Project Manager)<br />

Business Phone 03 6324 9855<br />

Mobile 0418 131 454<br />

Fax 03 6326 3790<br />

Email j.foster@amc.edu.au<br />

Contact Dean Cook<br />

Title Business Services Manager – AMC Search Ltd (Administration)<br />

Business Phone 03 6324 9862<br />

Mobile 0417 549 884<br />

Fax 03 6326 3790<br />

Email d.cook@amc.edu.au<br />

Contact David Waldron<br />

Title Risk Manager and Campus Emergency Coordinator – AMC<br />

Business Phone 03 6324 9330<br />

Mobile 0423 776 850<br />

Fax 03 6326 6493<br />

Email d.waldron@amc.edu.au<br />

AMSA 24 Hour Emergency Contacts<br />

1800 641 792 or 02 6230 6811<br />

Medical/Emergency Services<br />

Gippsland Southern Health Service<br />

Koonwarra Road, Leongatha VIC 3953 Phone: 03 5667 5516<br />

Foster and Toora Medical Centre<br />

97 Station Road, Foster VIC 3960 Phone: 03 5682 2088<br />

(A/H is same number)<br />

Append 8.1 - Emergency Contacts.docx 2 of 2<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 8.2<br />

REPORTING - AMSA/AMC INCIDENT REPORTING<br />

The requirements for general incident reporting as they relate to individual legislative<br />

requirements are described within.<br />

To ensure current version visit www.amsa.gov.au for the latest ship operations forms and<br />

instructions.<br />

Reports are to be sent to reports@amsa.gov.au within the specified time frames.<br />

AMSA form 18 (INCIDENT ALERT) to be submitted within 4 hours of the incident.<br />

AMSA form 19 (INCIDENT REPORT) report within 72 hours of the submission of form 18.<br />

The legislation governing incident reporting can be found on AMSA’s web site.<br />

AMC incident reporting requirements<br />

Incidents and non conformities are registered within the AMC on-line OH&S register at<br />

hyperlink: http://www.amc.edu.au/occupational-health-safety<br />

Hyperlink at https://apex.utas.edu.au:4443/pls/apex/f?p-INCIDENT_FORM<br />

The following flow chart explains the flow of information regarding non conformities.<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> – Non Conformities Register Flow Chart<br />

Incident Reporting<br />

Survey deficiencies<br />

Master sends report to DPA<br />

DPA logs report in AMC<br />

Incident Database Register<br />

Incident investigated<br />

Deficiency rectified<br />

Master sends report to DPA<br />

DPA closes report<br />

Append 8.2 - AMSA-AMC Incident Reporting.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 8.3<br />

REPORTING - AMSA REPORTING REQUIREMENTS<br />

Append 8.3 - AMSA Reporting Requirements.docx 1 of 7<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 8.3 - AMSA Reporting Requirements.docx 2 of 7<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 8.3 - AMSA Reporting Requirements.docx 3 of 7<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 8.3 - AMSA Reporting Requirements.docx 4 of 7<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 8.3 - AMSA Reporting Requirements.docx 5 of 7<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 8.3 - AMSA Reporting Requirements.docx 6 of 7<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 8.3 - AMSA Reporting Requirements.docx 7 of 7<br />

Revised: November 2010


Append 8.4 - SOPEP<br />

Revised: November 2010<br />

APPENDIX 8.4<br />

<strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

SHIPBOARD OIL POLLUTION<br />

EMERGENCY PLAN<br />

(SOPEP)<br />

<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Locked 1399<br />

Launceston, Tasmania 7250<br />

Tel: + 61 (0) 3 6324 9640 Fax: + 61 (0) 3 6324 9720


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Please ensure this document is retained with the Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan<br />

when the vessel is in <strong>Australian</strong> waters<br />

NOTICE<br />

ALL MARPOL 73/78 INCIDENTS TO BE REPORTED<br />

Damage, failure or breakdown of a ship of 15 metres in length or more which affects the<br />

safety of the ship or results in impairment of the safety of navigation (including collision,<br />

grounding, fire, structural or engine failure)<br />

Any discharge or probable discharge of oil or noxious liquids substances in excess of<br />

MARPOL 73/78 discharge rates<br />

Any discharge or probable discharge of harmful substance in packaged form (including<br />

freight containers and portable tanks)<br />

If the ship is at sea, reports are to be made to:<br />

Rescue Coordination Centre Australia (RCC Australia)<br />

Phone: 02 6230 6811<br />

Facsimile: 02 6230 6868<br />

Telex: 62349<br />

Free Call: 1 800 641 792<br />

AFTN: YSARYCYX<br />

If the ship is within a port or harbour, reports are to be made to the relevant port authority,<br />

for example:<br />

Adelaide 08 8248 3505<br />

08 8447 0696<br />

Hobart 03 6235 1061<br />

Brisbane 07 3305 1700 Melbourne 03 9644 9777<br />

Dampier 08 9159 6556 Newcastle 02 4985 8321<br />

Darwin 08 8999 3974 Port Hedland 08 9173 1019<br />

Fremantle 08 9430 3416<br />

08 9335 1300<br />

08 9430 3315<br />

Port Kembla 02 4274 4571<br />

Geelong 03 5247 0300 Sydney/Botany Bay 02 9296 4001<br />

The MARPOL 73/78 definition of “nearest land” prohibits operational discharges in<br />

the Great Barrier Reef and Torres Strait regions.<br />

<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> Safety Authority – July 2006<br />

AMSA 1522 (07/2006)<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 1 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

SHIPBOARD OIL POLLUTION EMERGENCY PLAN<br />

In accordance with Regulation 37 of Annex I of MARPOL 73/78<br />

SHIP´S IDENTIFICATION<br />

Name of Ship <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong><br />

Distinctive Number or Letters (Call Sign) VKBF<br />

IMO-Number 8000032<br />

Type of Ship 2 A Cargo<br />

Port of Registry Launceston<br />

Gross Tonnage 369<br />

Flag <strong>Australian</strong><br />

Owner/Managers: see Appendix 4, Ship Interest Contacts<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 2 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

CONTENTS<br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

............................................................................................................... 4<br />

SECTION 1: PREAMBLE<br />

................................................................................................. 5<br />

SECTION 2: REPORTING REQUIREMENTS<br />

.................................................................. 7<br />

2.1 General 7<br />

2.2 Reporting procedures 7<br />

2.2.1 When to report ...................................................................................................................... 7<br />

2.2.2 Information required .............................................................................................................. 8<br />

2.2.3 Who to contact .................................................................................................................... 11<br />

SECTION 3: STEPS TO CONTROL DISCHARGE<br />

........................................................ 13<br />

3.1 Operational spills 13<br />

3.1.1 Operational spill prevention ................................................................................................ 13<br />

3.1.2 Pipeline leakage .................................................................................................................. 13<br />

3.1.3 Tank overflow ...................................................................................................................... 14<br />

3.1.4 Hull leakage ........................................................................................................................ 14<br />

3.1.5 Spills caused by equipment in machinery spaces .............................................................. 15<br />

3.2 Spills resulting from casualties 15<br />

3.2.1 Ship grounded/stranded ...................................................................................................... 15<br />

3.2.2 Fire/explosion ...................................................................................................................... 17<br />

3.2.3 Collision .............................................................................................................................. 18<br />

3.2.4 Hull failure ........................................................................................................................... 18<br />

3.2.5 Excessive list ...................................................................................................................... 19<br />

3.2.6 Ship submerged/foundered/wrecked .................................................................................. 20<br />

3.2.7 Hazardous vapour release .................................................................................................. 20<br />

3.3 Priority actions 20<br />

3.4 Mitigating activities 21<br />

3.5 Transfer of bunker/lightening 21<br />

3.6 Damage stability and hull stress calculation 22<br />

3.7 General responsibilities of the master and designated officers/crew members 23<br />

3.7.1 General responsibilities ....................................................................................................... 23<br />

SECTION 4: NATIONAL AND LOCAL COORDINATION<br />

............................................. 25<br />

SECTION 5: NON-MANDATORY INFORMATION (VOLUNTARY PART)<br />

.................... 26<br />

Appendix 1 Initial Notification<br />

Appendix 2 Coastal State Contacts (Focal Points)<br />

Appendix 3 Port Contacts<br />

Appendix 4 Ship Interest Contacts<br />

Appendix 5 Ship’s Plans and Drawings<br />

Appendix 6 National Contact List<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 3 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

INTRODUCTION<br />

1. This Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (hereafter referred to as the "Plan") is<br />

written in accordance with the requirements of regulation 37 of Annex I of the<br />

International Convention for the Prevention of Pollution from Ships, 1973 as modified<br />

by the Protocol of 1978 relating thereto.<br />

2. The purpose of the Plan is to provide guidance to the Master and officers on board the<br />

ship with respect to the steps to be taken when an oil pollution incident has occurred or<br />

is likely to occur.<br />

3. The Plan contains all information and operational instructions as required by the<br />

"Guidelines for the development of the Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan" as<br />

developed by the Organisation (IMO) and published under MEPC/Circ. 256. The<br />

appendices contain names, telephone, telex numbers, etc., of all contacts referenced in<br />

the Plan, as well as other reference material.<br />

4. The Plan has been approved by the Administration and, except as provided below, no<br />

alteration or revision shall be made to any part of it without the prior approval of the<br />

Administration.<br />

5. Changes to Section 5 and the appendices will not be required to be approved by the<br />

Administration. The appendices should be maintained up to date by the owners,<br />

operators and managers.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 4 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

SECTION 1: PREAMBLE<br />

1.1 This Plan is available to assist the ship´s personnel in dealing with an unexpected<br />

discharge of oil. Its primary purpose is to set in motion the necessary actions to stop<br />

or minimize the discharge of oil and to mitigate its effects.<br />

1.2 Effective planning ensures that the necessary actions are taken in a structured,<br />

logical and timely manner.<br />

1.3 The primary objectives of this Plan are to:<br />

• prevent oil pollution<br />

• stop or minimize oil outflow when a damage to the ship or its requirements<br />

occurs<br />

• stop or minimize oil outflow when a operational spill occurs in excess of the<br />

quantity or instantaneous rate permitted under the present Convention<br />

1.4 Further, the purpose of the Plan is to provide the Master, officers and certain crew<br />

members with a practical guide to the prevention of oil spills and in carrying out the<br />

responsibilities associated with regulation 37 of Annex I to MARPOL 73/78:<br />

• procedures to report an oil pollution incident<br />

• Coastal State contacts (Focal Points) and Port Contact Lists to be contacted in<br />

the event of an oil pollution incident<br />

• response actions to reduce or control the discharge of oil following an incident<br />

• co-ordination with national and local Authorities in combating oil pollution<br />

1.5 In summary, the Plan will serve to promote a practised response when the ship´s<br />

personnel is faced with an oil spill.<br />

1.6 Although the Plan is designed as a ship-specific tool it must also be considered as an<br />

additional instrument and as a link to shore-based plans. With this the Plans allow an<br />

efficient co-ordination between the ship and shore-based Authorities/Organisations in<br />

mitigating the effects of an oil pollution incident.<br />

1.7 The Plan includes a summary flowchart (see page 6) to guide the Master through<br />

reporting and acting procedures required during an oil pollution incident response.<br />

1.8 The Plan is likely to be a document used on board by the Master and officers of the<br />

ship and must therefore be available in the working language used by them.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 5 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan – Summary Flowchart<br />

This flow diagram is an outline of the course of action that shipboard personnel should<br />

follow in responding to an oil pollution emergency based on the guidelines published by<br />

the Organisation. This diagram is not exhaustive and should not be used as a sole<br />

reference in response. Consideration should be given for inclusion of specific reference to<br />

the Plan. The steps are designed to assist ship personnel in action to stop or minimize the<br />

discharge of oil and mitigate its effects. These steps fall into two main categories –<br />

reporting and action.<br />

Discharge of Oil<br />

Probable or Actual<br />

Assessment of the Nature of Incident<br />

Actions required<br />

Alert crew members<br />

Identity spill source<br />

Spill assessment<br />

REPORTING ACTION TO CONTROL DISCHARGE<br />

By Master and/or designated crew member Measures to minimize the escape of oil and threat to the marine environment<br />

When to report<br />

All probable and actual spills<br />

NAVIGATION MEASURES<br />

SEAMANSHIP MEASURES<br />

- Alter course/position and/or speed - Safety assessment and precaution<br />

How to report<br />

- Change of list and/or trim<br />

- Advice on priority<br />

- By quickest means to coastal radio station<br />

- Anchoring<br />

countermeasures/preventive measures<br />

- Designated ship movement reporting station or - Setting aground<br />

- Damage stability and stress<br />

- Rescue Co-ordination Centre (at sea)<br />

- Initiate towage<br />

consideration<br />

- By quickest available means to local authorities - Assess safe haven requirements - Ballasting/deballasting<br />

- Weather/tide/swell forecasting<br />

- Internal cargo transfer operations<br />

Who to report<br />

- Slick monitoring<br />

- Emergency ship-to-ship transfers of<br />

- Nearest Coastal State Harbour and terminal operators - Record of events and communications cargo and/or bunker<br />

(in port)<br />

taken<br />

- Set up shipboard response for:<br />

- Shipowner´s manager; P & I insurer<br />

• Leak sealing<br />

- Head Charterer; Cargo owner<br />

• Fire fighting<br />

- Refer to contact lists<br />

• Handling of ship-board response<br />

equipment (if available)<br />

What to report<br />

- Initial report (Res. A.851(20))<br />

• Etc.<br />

- Follow-up reports<br />

- Characteristics of oil spilled<br />

- Cargo/ballast/bunker dispositions<br />

- Weather and sea conditions<br />

- Slick movement<br />

- Assistance required<br />

• Salvage<br />

• Lightening capacity<br />

• Mechanical equipment<br />

• External strike team<br />

• Chemical dispersant/degreasant<br />

STEPS TO INITIATE EXTERNAL RESPONSE<br />

- Refer to Costal Port State listings for local assistance<br />

- Refer to ship interest contact list<br />

- External clean-up resources required<br />

- Continued monitoring of activities<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 6 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

SECTION 2: REPORTING REQUIREMENTS<br />

2.1 General<br />

The reporting requirements of this section complies with those of regulation 37 of<br />

MARPOL 73/78, Annex I.<br />

When the ship is involved in an incident which results in the discharge (or probable<br />

discharge) of oil, the Master is obliged under the terms of MARPOL 73/78 to report details<br />

of the incident, without delay, to the nearest Coastal State by means of the fastest<br />

telecommunication channels available.<br />

The intent of these requirements are to ensure that Coastal States are informed, without<br />

delay, of any incident giving rise to oil pollution, or threat of oil pollution, of the marine<br />

environment, as well as of assistance and salvage measures, so that appropriate action<br />

may be taken.<br />

Without interfering with shipowners' liability, some coastal states consider that it is their<br />

responsibility to define techniques and means to be taken against an oil pollution incident<br />

and approve such operations which might cause further pollution, i.e. lightening. States are<br />

in general entitled to do so under the International Convention relating to Intervention on<br />

the High Seas in Cases of Oil Pollution Casualties, 1969.<br />

2.2 Reporting procedures<br />

For easy reference the reporting requirements in the context of this Plan are divided in the<br />

following information blocks:<br />

2.2.1 When to report<br />

Taking the summary flowchart as shown on page 6 as a basic guide into consideration<br />

reports are necessary in the following cases:<br />

2.2.1.1 Actual discharge<br />

The Master is obliged to report to the nearest Coastal State whenever there is a discharge<br />

of oil resulting:<br />

• from damage to the ship<br />

• from damage to the ship´s equipment<br />

• for the purpose of securing the safety of a ship or saving life at sea<br />

• during the operation of the Ship in excess of the quantity or instantaneous rate<br />

permitted under the present Convention<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 7 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

2.2.1.2 Probable discharge<br />

The Master is obliged to report even when no actual discharge of oil has occurred but<br />

there is a probability that one could.<br />

However, as it is not practicable to lay down precise definitions of all types of situations<br />

involving probable discharge of oil which would warrant an obligation to report the Master<br />

is obliged to judge by himself whether there is such a probability and whether a report<br />

should be made.<br />

Therefore, it is recommended that, at least, the following events:<br />

• damage, failure or breakdown which affects the safety of the ship (e.g. collision,<br />

grounding, fire, explosion, structural failure, flooding, cargo, cargo shifting etc.)<br />

or<br />

• failure or breakdown of machinery or equipment which results in impairment of the<br />

safety of navigation (e.g. failure or breakdown of steering gear, propulsion, electrical<br />

generating system, essential shipbourne navigation aids etc.)<br />

are carefully considered by the Master – taking into account the nature of the damage<br />

failure or break- down of the ship, machinery or equipment as well as the ship´s location,<br />

proximity to land, weather, state of the sea and traffic density – as cases in which a<br />

probable discharge of oil is most likely.<br />

If in doubt, the Master should always make a report in cases aforementioned.<br />

In all cases the Authorities should be kept informed by the Master as how the situation<br />

progress and be advised when all threat of pollution has passed.<br />

2.2.2 Information required<br />

As required in article 8 and Protocol I of MARPOL 73/78 Convention the Master or other<br />

persons having charge of the ship should report the particulars of any pollution incident.<br />

In this context the International <strong>Maritime</strong> Organisation (IMO), in 1997, adopted Resolution<br />

A. 851 (20) "General Principles for Ship Reporting Systems and Ship Reporting<br />

Requirements, including Guidelines for Reporting Incidents involving Dangerous Goods,<br />

Harmful Substances and/or Marine Pollutants".<br />

The intent of the Resolution aforementioned is to enable Coastal States and other<br />

interested parties to be informed, without delay, of any incident giving rise to oil pollution,<br />

or threat of oil pollution, of the marine environment, as well as of assistance and salvage<br />

measures, so that appropriate action may be taken.<br />

Nothing in this chapter relieves the Master in using sound judgement to make sure that<br />

any incident or probable discharge of oil is reported as quick as possible in the prevailing<br />

situation.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 8 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

When transmitting initial reports to the authorities of the nearest Coastal State the Master<br />

or other persons dealing with such a transmission should take note of Resolution A. 851<br />

(20).<br />

Especially, the format of the initial report as well as supplementary of follow-up reports<br />

should conform with the guidance contained in Res. A. 851 (20). All reporting whether<br />

initial or follow-up, should follow IMO´s reporting format as outlined below and should<br />

contain the following information:<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 9 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

LABEL FUNCTION EXPLANATION<br />

A Ship Name, call sign and nationality<br />

B Date and time (UTC) of A 6-digit group giving day of month (first<br />

event<br />

two digits), hours & minutes (last four<br />

digits)<br />

C Position A 4-digit group giving latitude in degrees<br />

and minutes suffixed with N or S, and a<br />

5-digit group giving longitude in degrees<br />

and minutes suffixed with E or W<br />

D Position True bearing (first 3 digits) and distance<br />

(state distance) in nautical miles from<br />

clearly identified landmark (state<br />

landmark)<br />

E True course A 3-digit group<br />

F Speed at time of incident In knots and tenths of knots as a 3-digit<br />

group<br />

L Route information Details of intended track<br />

M Radio communications Full details of radio stations (names) and<br />

frequencies being guarded<br />

N Time (UTC) of next report A 6-digit group as under BB above<br />

P Cargo on board: can be Type(s) and quantity(ies) of cargo/bunker<br />

included in “RR” as on board and brief details of any<br />

relevant<br />

dangerous cargoes as well as harmful<br />

substances and gases that could<br />

endanger persons or the environment<br />

Q Defects or damage or Brief details of conditions of the ship as<br />

deficiencies or other relevant; ability to transfer<br />

limitations<br />

cargo/ballast/bunker fuel<br />

R Description of pollution or Brief details of pollution; this should<br />

possible overboard include the type(s) of fuel oil, an estimate<br />

discharge<br />

of the quantity discharged, whether the<br />

discharge is continuing, the cause of the<br />

discharge and, if possible, an estimate of<br />

the movement and area of slick<br />

S Weather conditions Brief details of weather and sea<br />

conditions prevailing including wind force<br />

and direction and relevant swell details<br />

T Ship`s representative Name, address, telex and telephone<br />

and/or owner<br />

number of the ship´s owner and<br />

representative (charterer, manager or<br />

operator of the ship or their agents)<br />

U Ship´s size and type Details of length, breadth and type of<br />

ship as well as draught<br />

X Miscellaneous and Any other information including relevant<br />

additional information details such as brief details of incident,<br />

need for outside assistance, action being<br />

taken to limit further discharge; details of<br />

any personnel injuries sustained, details<br />

of P & I Club and local correspondent.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 10 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

A sample format for initial notification and a detailed example of an initial report is shown<br />

within the appendices under Appendix 1.<br />

All follow-up reports by the Master should include information relevant to the Coastal State<br />

Authorities to keep them informed as the incident develops.<br />

Follow-up reports should include information on any significant changes in the ship´s<br />

condition, the rate of release and spread of oil, weather and sea conditions and clean-up<br />

activities underway.<br />

In this context details of bunker disposition, condition of any empty tanks and nature of any<br />

ballast carried are information needed by those involved in order to assess the threat<br />

posed by an actual or probable discharge of oil from the damaged ship.<br />

2.2.3 Who to contact<br />

The Master is responsible for reporting any incident involving an actual or probable<br />

discharge of oil.<br />

Taking into consideration the summary flowchart shown on page 6 the Master of the ship<br />

involved in any kind of an actual or probable discharge of oil, cases of which are defined<br />

under SECTION 2 (sub-paragraph 2.2.1.1 and 2.2.1.2) of this Plan should report details on<br />

the incident immediately (see Appendix 1)<br />

Nothing in this chapter relieves the Master from using sound judgement to make sure that<br />

any incident is reported as quickly as possible in the prevailing situation.<br />

2.2.3.1 Coastal state contacts<br />

In order to expedite response and minimize damage from an oil pollution incident at sea, it<br />

is essential that appropriate Coastal States be notified without delay.<br />

In this context the use of the list of agencies or officials of Administrations responsible for<br />

receiving and processing reports (so called "Focal Points") as developed by the<br />

Organisation (IMO) in conformity with Article 8 of the Convention is recommended.<br />

Such a list is shown under Appendix 2.<br />

An updated list of existing "Focal Points" is available from the Internet pages of IMO under<br />

address:<br />

http://www.imo.org/ >> National Contacts >>> MEPC.6/Circ. xx<br />

In the absence of such a list or listed focal point for a single country/Coastal State, the<br />

Master should contact by the quickest available means<br />

• the nearest coastal radio station or<br />

• the designated ship movement reporting station or<br />

• the nearest Rescue Co-Ordination Centre (RCC).<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 11 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

2.2.3.2 Port contacts<br />

For the ship in port, notification of local agencies, combating teams or clean-up companies<br />

will speed up response. If an oil spill occurs during the ship´s stay in port, whether<br />

operational or as a result of an incident, the Master should inform the appropriate local<br />

agencies (e.g. National Response Centre, Terminal/Port Authorities etc.) without undue<br />

delay.<br />

If the ship is engaged in a regular service between ports/terminals the Master or any other<br />

person aboard delegated by the Master should provide a list with the relevant Port Contact<br />

addresses for each port served regularly of Authorities/persons and/or terminals dealing<br />

with an oil spill.<br />

This list should be regularly updated.<br />

The "Port Contact List" is shown in the Appendix 3.<br />

If a change in the ship´s range of trade or a change in the addresses of<br />

persons/Authorities of the ports/terminals served regularly takes place the Master or any<br />

other person aboard delegated by the Master is required to issue a new list.<br />

Where ship´s service makes it not feasible to prepare such a list the Master should seek<br />

guidance concerning such local Port Contacts and local reporting procedures upon arrival<br />

in port.<br />

Addresses obtained in this way should be documented aboard in the form that the Master<br />

considers most effective and should be attached to the Plan.<br />

2.2.3.3 Ship interest contacts<br />

For Ship Interest Contacts it is necessary to have information at the Master´s disposal in<br />

case of an oil spill for informing the home office of the ship´s owner or operator, the local<br />

agent of the company, the appropriate P & I Club and correspondents, clean-up<br />

contractors etc.<br />

This information should be provided in the form of a so-called "Ship Interest Contact List".<br />

The "Ship Interest Contact List" is shown in the Appendix 4.<br />

To avoid a duplication of reports and to coordinate the Plan and the company´s shore-side<br />

plan(s) responsible for informing the various Ship Interested Contacts is<br />

Master<br />

Owner<br />

DPA<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 12 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

SECTION 3: STEPS TO CONTROL DISCHARGE<br />

Ship personnel will most probably be in the best position to take quick action to mitigate or<br />

control the discharge of oil from their ship.<br />

Therefore, this Plan provides the Master with clear guidance on how to accomplish this<br />

mitigation for a variety of situations.<br />

It is the Master´s responsibility to initiate a response in the event of a discharge of oil or<br />

substantial threat of discharge of oil – actual or probable – into the waters.<br />

In no case action should be taken that in any way could jeopardize the safety of personnel<br />

either onboard or ashore.<br />

The following enumeration specifies different kinds of possible operational oil spills with<br />

regard to reactions to be taken.<br />

3.1 Operational spills<br />

3.1.1 Operational spill prevention<br />

Crew members shall maintain a close watch for the escape of oil during bunker operations.<br />

Prior to bunker transfer the competent crew members should mobilize the oil spill<br />

equipment, as far as available on board, and place it close to the planned operation, e.g.<br />

along the railing on the side at which bunker operation takes place.<br />

Before bunker handling commences, all deck scuppers and open drains must be<br />

effectively plugged. Accumulations of water should be drained periodically and scupper<br />

plugs replaced immediately after the water has run off. Any free floating oil or oil droplets<br />

should be removed prior to draining.<br />

Bunker tanks which have been topped up should be checked frequently during the<br />

remaining bunker operations to avoid an overflow.<br />

Unless there are permanent means for retention of any slight leakage at ship/shore<br />

connections for bunker transfer, it is essential that a drip tray is in place to catch any<br />

leaking oil.<br />

The removed bunker oil and the used clean-up material should be retained on board in<br />

proper containment units until it can be discharged to a reception facility.<br />

3.1.2 Pipeline leakage<br />

If a leakage occurs from a pipeline, valve, hose or metal arm, operations through that<br />

connection should be stopped immediately until the cause has been ascertained and the<br />

defect remedied.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 13 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Defective pipe sections should be isolated. Affected sections should be drained down to<br />

an available empty or slack tank.<br />

If a leakage occurs from a hydraulic pipeline, operations should be stopped immediately.<br />

Initiate clean-up procedures.<br />

The removed bunker oil and the used clean-up material should be retained on board in<br />

proper containment units until it can be discharged to a reception facility.<br />

Inform in line with Section 2 all parties interested about Pipeline Leakage and the actions<br />

taken so far.<br />

3.1.3 Tank overflow<br />

If there is a tank overflow all bunker operations should be stopped immediately and should<br />

not be restarted until the fault has been rectified and all hazards from the released oil have<br />

been eliminated.<br />

If there is any possibility of the released oil or oil vapours entering an engine room intake<br />

then appropriate preventive steps must be taken quickly.<br />

Promptly shift bunker oil from the tank overflowed to an available empty or slack tank or<br />

prepare pump(s) or transfer the excess ashore.<br />

Initiate clean-up procedures.<br />

The removed bunker oil and the used clean-up material should be retained on board in<br />

proper containment units until it can be discharged to a reception facility.<br />

Inform in line with Section 2 all parties interested about Tank Overflow and actions taken<br />

so far.<br />

3.1.4 Hull leakage<br />

Identify leaking tank; consider diver if necessary and possible.<br />

Reduce level in tank in question well below sea level.<br />

If it is not possible to identify the leaking tank, reduce level in all tanks in vicinity. In this<br />

case give careful consideration to hull stress and stability.<br />

If there is a spillage due to suspected hull leakage reduce the head of bunker and promptly<br />

transfer the bunker oil to an available empty or slack tank or, if berthed, discharge ashore<br />

in suitable barges/tanks.<br />

Inform in line with SECTION 2 all parties interested about Hull Leakage and the actions<br />

taken so far.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 14 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

3.1.5 Spills caused by equipment in machinery spaces<br />

If operational oil spills are caused by a failure of equipment in machinery spaces any<br />

further operations of this equipment should be stopped immediately or measures are to be<br />

taken to avoid an oil spill.<br />

Such equipment may be:<br />

• Oily-water separating equipment or oil filtering equipment to de-oil bilge water from<br />

the engine room bilges<br />

• Valves in pipes connecting ballast/bilge systems<br />

• Cooling pipes in oil cooler systems<br />

• Gearing of bow thrusters<br />

• Stern tubes<br />

The removed bunker oil and the used clean-up material should be retained on board in<br />

proper containment units until it can be discharged to a reception facility.<br />

3.2 Spills resulting from casualties<br />

In the event of a casualty the Master´s first priority is to ensure the safety of the ship´s<br />

personnel, and to initiate actions which may prevent escalation of the incident and marine<br />

pollution.<br />

3.2.1 Ship grounded/stranded<br />

The Master´s priority should be to ensure that he as soon as possible receives detailed<br />

information about the damage that the ship has been sustained, in order to determine<br />

remedial action to be taken for ensuring the safety of the ship and its crew.<br />

Furthermore, the Master should also consider:<br />

• Danger to the ship´s complement if the ship should slide off grounding site<br />

• Danger of ship being shattered by heavy seas or swell<br />

• Health hazards to the ship´s crew and surrounding population due to release of oil or<br />

other hazardous substances in dangerous concentrations<br />

• That fires may start due to released flammable substances and uncontrolled ignition<br />

sources<br />

• Should the damage which the ship has sustained be of such an extent that the<br />

stability cannot be computed on board, the Master should seek assistance according<br />

to subparagraph 3.6<br />

Also, the ship´s Master shall take into account the following considerations:<br />

• Is the vessel constantly being struck in the seaway?<br />

• Is the vessel exposed to torsion?<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 15 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

• Is there a large difference in the tidal rangers at the grounding site?<br />

• Are there strong tidal currents in the grounding area?<br />

• May the vessel drift further up on the shore, due to high tides, wind and waves?<br />

3.2.1.1 Prevention of fire and explosion<br />

If the ship is aground and therefore cannot manoeuvre, all possible sources of ignition<br />

should be eliminated, and action taken to prevent flammable vapours from entering the<br />

machinery spaces or the accommodation.<br />

3.2.1.2 Extension of hull damage/containment system failure<br />

First, a visual inspection should be carried out.<br />

Check for visible oil along hull or in wake of the ship during day time. At night a stick with<br />

white cloth (or sheet of sorbent) around it may be lowered into the water alongside the<br />

ship to check for oil leakages.<br />

All ballast/bunker tanks to be sounded (ullage),<br />

All other compartments which may have contact with the sea should be sounded to ensure<br />

that they are intact.<br />

Soundings of ballast tanks/bunkers tanks are to be compared with last soundings to check<br />

for possible leaks.<br />

Sounding to be taken around the ship establish the ship´s position on the grounding area.<br />

When the ship is aground, due regards should be given to the indiscriminate opening of<br />

ullage plugs, sighting ports etc. as loss of buoyancy could be the result of such actions.<br />

Any list of the ship shall be noted and included in the report for assistance.<br />

3.2.1.3 Procedures to reduce or stop outflow of oil<br />

The Master should assess the possibility of damage to the environment and whatever<br />

action can be taken to reduce further damage from an oil release, such as:<br />

• Transfer of bunkers internally provided shipboard piping system is in an operational<br />

condition<br />

• If the damage is fairly limited and restricted, i.e. to one or two tanks, consideration<br />

should be given to transfer of bunkers internally from the damaged tank(s) to intact<br />

tanks, taking into account the impact on the ship´s overall stress and stability<br />

• Isolate damaged/penetrated bunker tank(s) hermetically to ensure that hydrostatic<br />

pressure in tanks remains intact during tidal changes<br />

• Evaluate possibility of pumping water into a damaged tank in order to form a water<br />

bottom stopping the out flow of oil<br />

• Evaluate the necessity of transferring bunkers to barges or other ships and request<br />

such assistance accordingly<br />

• Evaluate the possibility of additional release of oil.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 16 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

In case of large differences between the tide levels, the Master should try to isolate the<br />

damaged tank(s) to reduce additional loss of bunker oil.<br />

3.2.1.4 Refloating by own means<br />

The Master should also evaluate the question of refloating the vessel by own means.<br />

Before such an attempt is made, it must be determined:<br />

• whether the ship is damaged in such a way that it may sink, break up or capsize after<br />

getting off<br />

• whether the ship after getting off may have manoeuvring problems upon leaving the<br />

dangerous area by own means<br />

• whether machinery, rudder or propeller are damaged due to grounding or may be<br />

damaged by trying to get off ground by own means<br />

• whether the ship may be trimmed or lightened sufficiently to avoid damage to other<br />

tanks in order to reduce additional pollution from oil/bunker spillage<br />

• weather evaluation: whether there is time/reason to await improvements in weather<br />

or tide.<br />

3.2.1.5 Securing the ship<br />

If the risk of further damage to the ship is greater in an attempt to refloat the ship by own<br />

means, than in remaining aground until professional assistance has been obtained, the<br />

ship´s Master should try to secure the ship as much as possible by:<br />

• Trying to prevent the ship from moving from its present position<br />

• By dropping anchors (adequate water depth and anchor ground provided)<br />

• By taking ballast into empty tanks, if possible<br />

• Trying to reduce longitudinal strain on hull by transferring ballast or bunkers internally<br />

• Reducing fire risk by removing all sources of ignition.<br />

Inform in line with Section 2 all parties interested about the Grounding and the actions<br />

taken so far.<br />

3.2.2 Fire/explosion<br />

Should an explosion and a fire occur on board, sound the GENERAL ALARM immediately.<br />

Further actions should be initiated in accordance with the ship´s Muster List. In case of<br />

fire and explosion the following priorities exist:<br />

• Rescuing lives<br />

• Limiting the damage/danger to the ship and cargo<br />

• Preventing environmental pollution<br />

Steps to control the discharge of oil will depend largely on the damage to ship and cargo.<br />

Special information thereto is contained in subparagraphs 3.2.4, 3.2.5 and 3.2.6.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 17 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Inform in line with Section 2 all parties interested about the Fire/Explosion and the actions<br />

taken so far.<br />

3.2.3 Collision<br />

Should the ship be involved in a collision with another ship, the Master should as soon as<br />

possible identify the extent of damage to his own vessel.<br />

When a collision occurs, the GENERAL ALARM should be sounded immediately for the<br />

personnel to muster at their designated Muster Stations.<br />

The following check list should assist the Master in assessing the situation:<br />

• Are any tanks penetrated above or below the waterline?<br />

• If ships are dead in the water and interlocked, what is most prudent, to stay<br />

interlocked or separate?<br />

• Is there any oil spill at present – small or large? Will a separation of the interlocked<br />

ships create a larger oil spill than if the ships stay interlocked?<br />

• If there is an oil spill, will the separation of the ships cause sparks that can ignite the<br />

spilled oil or other flammable substances leaked out from the ships?<br />

• Are the ships creating a greater danger to other traffic in the area? If they are<br />

interlocked than if separated?<br />

• Is there a danger to either ship of sinking after being separated?<br />

• If the ships are separated, how is the manoeuvrability of the own ship?<br />

If separation of the ships takes place, alter course to bring the own ship windward of any<br />

oil slick, if possible.<br />

Shut down all none essential air intakes.<br />

Isolate damaged/penetrated tank(s) by hermetically closing the tank(s), if possible.<br />

When it is possible to manoeuvre, the Master, in conjunction with the appropriate shore<br />

authorities, should consider moving his ship to a more suitable location in order to facilitate<br />

emergency repair work or lightening operations, or to reduce the threat posed to any<br />

sensitive shoreline areas.<br />

Inform in line with Section 2 all parties interested about the collision and the actions taken<br />

so far.<br />

3.2.4 Hull failure<br />

Should the ship lose one or more shell platings, develop major cracks, or suffer severe<br />

damage to the hull, the Master should immediately sound the GENERAL ALARM to call<br />

the crew members to their Muster Stations, and inform them of the situation, and prepare<br />

lifeboats for launching if necessary.<br />

The Master should then assess the situation, and confer with his senior officers.<br />

The Master should obtain the latest weather forecast, and asses its impact on the present<br />

situation.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 18 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Furthermore, the following questions should be considered and should be asked:<br />

• Is the ship in any immediate danger of sinking or capsizing?<br />

If YES:<br />

• Send distress message<br />

• Immediately abandon the ship<br />

If NO, initiate damage control measures as found necessary by considering the following<br />

points:<br />

• Can the vessel manoeuvre on its own?<br />

• Has the ship lost buoyancy?<br />

• If the ship has a list due to loss of ballast, cargo/bunker or buoyancy, is it necessary<br />

and possible to rearrange the bunker or ballast by internal transfer operation in order<br />

to bring the ship to an even keel?<br />

• Is it necessary to dump cargo in order to maintain stability without changing the<br />

stress situation?<br />

• Can this operation wait till another ship/barge can receive that cargo?<br />

• Is there any abnormal change in the ship´s stability and stress situation?<br />

• Can the change in the ship´s stability and stress situation be monitored and<br />

calculated on board? If not, the Master should seek assistance according to<br />

subparagraph 3.6.<br />

• Does the ship need assistance or escort to nearest port of refuge or repair port?<br />

• Might it be prudent to salve part of the crew members in case the situation should<br />

worsen, or is it necessary to abandon the ship totally?<br />

Inform in line with Section 2 all parties interested about the Hull Failure and the actions<br />

taken so far.<br />

3.2.5 Excessive list<br />

Should the ship for some reasons suddenly start to list excessively during<br />

discharging/loading operations, or bunkering, all ongoing operations should be stopped<br />

immediately until the cause has been determined.<br />

The Officer on Duty should inform the Master and/or Chief Officer without delay.<br />

The Master should try to determine the reason for the excessive list, and take steps to<br />

rectify the situation and to stabilize the ship´s condition:<br />

• Check reason(s) for list<br />

• Soundings/ullage to be taken in all tanks<br />

• Bunker/ballast pumps to be made ready<br />

• Consider measures to minimize list in transferring liquid from one compartment to<br />

another<br />

• Ensure water tightness of empty spaces<br />

• Close all openings<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 19 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

• Secure vent pipes to avoid ingress of water<br />

• If bunkering: Change to corrective tanks for rectifying the situation<br />

• If ballasting/de-ballasting: Change to corrective tanks to rectify the situation<br />

• If there is reason to believe that the list may cause an oil spill, notify as per Section 2<br />

• If the ship´s crew is in jeopardy, prepare lifeboats for launching, and notify as per<br />

Section 2<br />

If the situation is brought under control, inform all parties interested.<br />

3.2.6 Ship submerged/foundered/wrecked<br />

If the ship is wrecked to the extent that it or parts of it are submerged take all measures to<br />

evacuate all persons on board. Avoid contact with any spilled oil. Alert other ships and/or<br />

the nearest coastal state for assistance in rescuing lives and the ship as far as possible.<br />

3.2.7 Hazardous vapour release<br />

In case of any vapour release out of the containment system precautions have to taken to<br />

protect the persons onboard against contamination. The ship should be brought with the<br />

accommodation upwind to the spill area as far as possible. The crew should be evacuated<br />

from any area of risk. All possible sources of ignition should be eliminated and nonessential<br />

air intakes shut down to prevent intake of vapour into accommodation and<br />

engine spaces.<br />

If unavoidable work has to be carried out within risk areas, the involved persons have to<br />

wear protective closing and breathing apparatus.<br />

3.3 Priority actions<br />

Top priority shall in all cases of casualty be put on the safety of the persons onboard and<br />

to take actions to prevent escalation of the incident.<br />

Immediate consideration should be given to protective measures against fire, explosions<br />

and personnel exposure to toxic vapour.<br />

Detailed information about the damage sustained to the ship and its containment system<br />

has to be obtained. On the basis of the information the Master can decide next actions for<br />

the protection of lives, the ship, the cargo and the environment.<br />

The Master should take into account the following when he is determining whether salvage<br />

assistance will be needed or not:<br />

• Nearest land or hazard to navigation<br />

• Vessel's set and drift<br />

• Estimated time of casualty repair<br />

• Determination of nearest capable assistance and its response time.<br />

In case of necessary movement of cargo within the ship careful consideration is to be<br />

given to hull strength and stability.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 20 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Plans/tables about the location and specification of the current cargo as well as bunkers<br />

and ballast have to be readily available.<br />

3.4 Mitigating activities<br />

If safety of both the ship and the personnel has been adressed the Master shall care for<br />

following issues:<br />

• Assessment of the situation and monitoring of all activities as documented evidence<br />

• Care for further protection of the personnel, use of protection gear, assessment of<br />

further risk for health and safety<br />

• Containment of the spilled material by absorption and safe disposal within leak proof<br />

containers of all used material onboard until proper delivery ashore, with due<br />

consideration to possible fire risk.<br />

• Decontamination of personnel after finishing the cleanup process<br />

3.5 Transfer of bunker/lightening<br />

If the ship has sustained extensive structural damage, it may be necessary to transfer all<br />

or part of the cargo/bunker to another ship; however, this section refers to bunker transfer<br />

procedures only.<br />

In Ship-to-Ship-transfer operations involving a specialized service ship, the Master of that<br />

ship will normally be in overall charge.<br />

In the case of non-specialized ships the Master or other person in overall charge of the<br />

operation should be mutually agreed and clearly established by the Masters concerned<br />

prior to the start of operations.<br />

The actual bunker transfer should be carried out in accordance with the requirements of<br />

the receiving ship.<br />

In all cases each Master remains responsible for the safety of his own ship, its crew,<br />

cargo/bunker and equipment and should not permit their safety to be jeopardized by the<br />

action of the other Master, his owner, regulatory officials or others.<br />

The Ship-to-Ship-transfer operations should be coordinated with the appropriate<br />

responsible local Authority.<br />

When selecting the area of operation the Master(s) should consider the following points:<br />

• The need to notify and obtain the agreement of any responsible authority<br />

• The destinations of the ships concerned<br />

• The shelter provided, particularly from sea and swell<br />

• The sea area and depth of water, which should be sufficient for manoeuvring during<br />

mooring, unmooring and transfer operations and allow a safe anchorage if operations<br />

have to be undertaken at anchor<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 21 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

• The traffic density<br />

• The weather conditions and the weather forecasts<br />

Further, before commencing Ship-to-Ship transfer operations each ship should carry out,<br />

as far as possible, appropriate preparations like<br />

• Pre-mooring preparations of the ships<br />

• Positioning of fenders if such equipment is available on board<br />

• Mooring equipment arrangements<br />

• Checking the communication channels between the two ships<br />

In additions to the general principles of Ship-to-Ship operations as aforementioned the<br />

Master should take note of supplemented instructions issued by the company.<br />

Those supplemented information is located in:<br />

Navigation Bridge<br />

3.6 Damage stability and hull stress calculation<br />

• <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan and General tank<br />

arrangements and pumping arrangements including Standard operating procedures<br />

are located starboard side bridge under the book shelf.<br />

• 1 copy of SOPEP to be held each of the 2 DPAs.<br />

• <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Stability book is located on the Book shelf above.<br />

• Oil response kit is located Starboard side crew deck in the wheelie bin labelled Oil<br />

Spill Response Kit.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 22 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

3.7 General responsibilities of the master and designated officers/crew<br />

members<br />

3.7.1 General responsibilities<br />

CHIEF OFFICER CHIEF ENGINEER<br />

2nd OFFICER 2nd ENGINEER<br />

Ratings<br />

ALL OFF-DUTY<br />

PERSONELL<br />

(AS NEEDED)<br />

MASTER<br />

The following crew members are in charge in the event of an oil spill – actual or probable –<br />

to bring the accident under control, limit outflows, organize onboard clean-up procedures<br />

and determine the additional manpower needed. Arrangements shall be made that in<br />

case of sudden unavailability of superior ranks other available ranks are prepared to take<br />

over.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 23 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Ranking Duties<br />

Master Overall in charge of operation on board dealing with an oil spill;<br />

responsible for all steps to be taken especially for the two main<br />

categories – reporting and action. Keeps log off all events and<br />

progress of actions.<br />

Chief Officer In charge of deck operation; Should keep the Master informed<br />

and updated on the situation and the results from action taken to<br />

stop or minimize an oil outflow.<br />

Chief Engineer In charge of bunker operation:<br />

Should keep the Master informed and updated on the situation<br />

and the results from action taken to limit oil outflow.<br />

2nd Officer Tank overflow (bunkering)<br />

Alert and inform Chief Officer/Chief Engineer on situation;<br />

Mobilize off duty crew as necessary.<br />

2nd Engineer Assist Chief Engineer; Prepare for fire fighting; Ensure sufficient<br />

power and water to deck; Organize on board clean-up equipment.<br />

Duty Rating(s) If an oil leakage is detected alert immediately by all possible<br />

means; Inform Officers(s) on Duty immediately; Position sorbent<br />

material/clean-up material to prevent any escaped oil from<br />

reaching the railing; Commence clean-up by using, as far as<br />

available on board, the clean up equipment.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 24 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

SECTION S 4: NATIONAL AND LOCAL LOCAL COORDINATION<br />

Quick efficient co-ordination between the ship and Coastal States or other parties involved<br />

becomes vital in mitigating the effects of an oil pollution incident.<br />

As the the identities and roles of various national and local Authorities Authorities involved vary widely<br />

from state to state state and even from port port to port, the Master should take note of these these<br />

particularities, as far as possible. In In this context the Master should should call upon the owner’s<br />

representatives in the state/port of of question question to receive the the relevant information.<br />

information.<br />

Prior Prior to undertaking undertaking mitigation actions – especially in cases of an actual discharge of oil<br />

due to casualties in the territorial waters of a Coastal State – the Master should contact the<br />

Coastal State for authorisation of his action.<br />

The Master should coordinate all his activities with the Coastal State.<br />

The Master should call the Coastal State for allowance to use chemical agents for<br />

response to oil pollution on the sea. Without authorisation of the Authorities of the<br />

appropriate Coastal State no chemical agents should be used.<br />

Where no responsibility for discharge response by a Coastal State is noticed the Master<br />

should take all the necessary steps as deemed appropriate to minimize the escape of oil.<br />

With respect of the accident happened the Master should take measures as stated in<br />

Section 2 and Section 3 of this Plan.<br />

Appendices<br />

Appendix 1 Initial Notification<br />

Appendix 2 Coastal State Contacts (Focal Points)<br />

Appendix 3 Port Contacts<br />

Appendix 4 Ship Interest Contacts<br />

Appendix 5 Ship’s Plans and Drawings<br />

• Layout of General Arrangement Plan<br />

• Layout of Ballast and Bunker Tanks<br />

• Drawings of Fuel Oil Pipelines<br />

Appendix 6 National Contact List<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 25 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

SECTION 5: NON-MANDATORY INFORMATION (VOLUNTARY<br />

PART)<br />

In addition to the mandatory provisions required by Reg. 37, Annex I, MARPOL 73/78<br />

which are mentioned in Sections 1 to 4 of this Plan, local requirements, insurance<br />

company or owner/operator policies etc. may dictate the provisions of additional guidance.<br />

Such additional information material, including diagrams and/or drawings, reference<br />

material etc., may be of help for the Master when responding to an oil pollution incident or<br />

an emergency situation as well as may be required by local Authorities in ports visited by<br />

the individual ship.<br />

• <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Plan and General tank<br />

arrangements and pumping arrangements including Standard operating procedures<br />

are located starboard side bridge under the book shelf.<br />

• <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Stability book is located on the Book shelf above the chart table.<br />

• Oil spill response kit is located Starboard side crew deck in the wheelie bin labelled<br />

Oil spill response kit<br />

• This Equipment is maintained by the Chief Engineer and is included in the <strong>MV</strong><br />

<strong>BLUEFIN</strong> Monthly Maintenance Check List found in folder no 3 Monthly & Quarterly<br />

routine surveys located in the Chief Engineers cabin.<br />

• Inventory of the oil spill response kit is located in folder 11 forms in the Chief<br />

Engineers cabin.<br />

• Emergency response drill will be carried out 6 Yearly in conjunction with Damage<br />

Control Drills and recorded in the Safety Management Plan Appendix 4.10 record of<br />

crew training drills<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 26 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDICES<br />

List of Contacts<br />

and<br />

Additional Information Material<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 27 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 1: INITIAL NOTIFICATION<br />

The following format provides an example as to how Initial Notification information shall be<br />

presented:<br />

A <strong>MV</strong> <strong>BLUEFIN</strong>, Call Sign VKBF,<br />

B 01 12 36<br />

C 40S 147E<br />

E 120<br />

F 186<br />

L Bound Melbourne to Bell Bay<br />

M 500 KHz, VHF 16, INMARSAT No: 450301590 & 450303369<br />

N As required<br />

P 650 TEU/NO IMDG CARGO/BUNKERS 580 IFO/75 MDO<br />

Q Collision with cargo ship. FO tank starboard breached, no fire and all<br />

essential shipboard systems operational<br />

R Quantity of fuel oil lost from breached tank about 10 tonnes; tank now<br />

empty<br />

Slick moving NE away from land<br />

S Weather fine, wind NNW, Force 3 , sea state slight to moderate, no swell<br />

T Owner <strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong> Tasmania, Tel, 0408124157<br />

U Length 35 m, breadth 10m, tonnage 369, type Cargo ship<br />

X No personnel injuries sustained; no clean-up operations possible from<br />

ship; Shipsafe P and I Club advised; local correspondent is David Waldron<br />

Tel 0423776850. Proceeding to Bell Bay for survey/repairs.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 28 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

A (SHIPS NAME; CALL SIGN; FLAG)<br />

B(DATE AND TIME OF EVENT; UTC)<br />

SHIPBOARD OIL POLLUTION EMERGENCY PLAN<br />

SAMPLE FORMAT FOR INITIAL NOTIFICATION<br />

D D H H M M<br />

C (POSITION; LAT; LONG) OR D (BEARING; DISTANCE FROM LANDMARK)<br />

d d m m d d d N miles<br />

d d d m m<br />

E (COURSE)<br />

d d d kn kn 1/10<br />

L (INTENDED TRACK)<br />

M (RADIO STATION(S) GUARDED)<br />

N (DATE AND TIME OF NEXT REPORT; UTC)<br />

D D H H M M<br />

P (TYPE AND QUANTITY OF CARGO/BUNKERS ON BOARD)<br />

Q (BRIEF DETAILS OF DEFECTS/DEFICIENCIES/DAMAGE)<br />

R (BRIEF DETAILS OF POLLUTION; INCLUDING ESTIMATE OF QUANTITY LOST)<br />

N<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 29 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010<br />

S<br />

E W


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

S (CONTACT DETAILS OF WEATHER AND SEA CONDITIONS)<br />

[ Direction<br />

Wind [<br />

[ Speed [ Direction (m)<br />

(Beaufort) SWELL [<br />

[ Height<br />

T (CONTACT DETAILS OF SHIP´S OWNER/OPERATOR/AGENT)<br />

U (SHIP SIZE AND TYPE)<br />

X ( ADDITIONAL INFORMATION)<br />

Footnote: The alphabetical reference letters in the above format are from „General<br />

principles for ship reporting systems and ship reporting requirements,<br />

including guidelines for reporting incidents involving dangerous goods,<br />

harmful substances and/or marine pollutants“ adopted by the International<br />

<strong>Maritime</strong> Organisation by Resolution A. 851 (20). The letters do not follow<br />

the complete alphabetical sequence as certain letters are used to designate<br />

information required for other standard reporting formats, e.g., those used to<br />

transmit route information.<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 30 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 2: COASTAL STATE CONTACTS (FOCAL POINTS)<br />

If the ship is at sea, reports are to be made to:<br />

Rescue Co-ordination Centre Australia (RCC Australia)<br />

Phone: 02 6230 6811<br />

Facsimile: 02 6230 6868<br />

Telex: 62349<br />

Free call: 1 800 641 792<br />

AFTN: YSARYCYX<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 31 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 3: PORT CONTACTS<br />

If the ship is with harbour, reports are to be made to the relevant port authority,<br />

Tasmanian Ports<br />

Bell Bay<br />

Ph 03 6382 0111<br />

VHF CH 12<br />

Hobart<br />

Ph 03 6251000<br />

VHF CH 12<br />

Devonport<br />

Ph 03 64214911<br />

VHF CH 12<br />

Victorian Ports<br />

Melbourne<br />

Ph 1300 857662<br />

VHF CH 12<br />

Geelong<br />

Ph 03 52470300<br />

VHF CH 12<br />

Port Welshpool<br />

(Corner Inlet and Port Albert)<br />

Ph 03 56881303<br />

Western Port (Hastings)<br />

Ph 03 59795500<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 32 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 4: SHIP INTEREST CONTACTS<br />

The following table provides an example as to how ship interest contact information could<br />

be presented:<br />

(a) Owner/operator contacts<br />

Name of<br />

institution/person to<br />

be contacted<br />

Address Means of contact Remarks<br />

David Waldron AMC (03) 63249330 (Newnham) AMC Risk<br />

0423 776850 (Mobile)<br />

John Lloyd AMC (03) 63249640 (Newnham)<br />

0408 124157 (Mobile)<br />

(b) Other ship interest contacts<br />

Name of<br />

institution/person to<br />

be contacted<br />

Adviser/DPA<br />

Director Ports &<br />

Shipping/DPA<br />

Address Means of contact Remarks<br />

David Waldron AMC (03) 63249330 (Newn<br />

ham)<br />

0423776850 (Mobile<br />

Local Agent Associated Via DPA,s<br />

P & I Club and<br />

correspondents<br />

Marine<br />

The Shipowners<br />

Mutual protection<br />

and Indemnity<br />

Association<br />

(Luxembourg)<br />

Via Local agent<br />

DPA<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 33 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 5: SHIP´S PLANS AND DRAWINGS<br />

The following plans are located starboard side Bridge in wall mounted canister labelled<br />

Shipboard Oil Pollution Emergency Response Plans<br />

1. General Arrangement Plan<br />

2. Tank Plan<br />

3. Fuel Oil Piping Diagram<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 34 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 6: NATIONAL CONTACT LIST<br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 35 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 36 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 37 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 8.4 - SOPEP Page 38 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 8.4 – SOPEP Page 39 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 8.4 – SOPEP Page 40 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 8.4 – SOPEP Page 41 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 8.4 – SOPEP Page 42 of 42<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 9.0<br />

REGISTER OF SHIPBOARD LOGS RELATED DOCUMENTS<br />

CONTENTS PAGE<br />

Appendix 9.1 Log Book Index<br />

Appendix 9.2 Shipboard Certificates<br />

Append 9.0 - Contents Page.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Deck Folder Index<br />

APPENDIX 9.1<br />

REGISTER OF SHIPBOARD LOGS – LOG BOOK INDEX<br />

1 Ship’s Log Book<br />

2 AMSA Official Log Book<br />

3 GMDSS Radio Log Book<br />

4 GMDSS Radio Battery Log Book<br />

5 Radio Log Book<br />

6 Garbage Record Book<br />

7 Vessel Movement Log<br />

8 Anchoring Position Log<br />

9 Deck Maintenance Log<br />

10 Crew and Passenger Induction Log<br />

Deck Maintenance Log Book<br />

1 Bridge Equipment<br />

2 Deck Maintenance<br />

3 Work Boat<br />

4 Monthly Maintenance Check List<br />

5 Shore Side Technical Support<br />

6 Dangerous Goods Register<br />

7 Fresh Water Test Reports<br />

Append 9.1 - Log Book Index.docx 1<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

APPENDIX 9.2<br />

REGISTER OF SHIPBOARD LOGS – SHIPBOARD CERTIFICATES<br />

1 Navigation Act 1912<br />

2 Certificate of Survey for a Cargo Ship<br />

3 International Load Line Certificate<br />

4 Minimum Safe Manning Document<br />

5 Coastal Training Voyages<br />

6 International Convention on Load Lines, 1966<br />

7 International Oil Pollution Prevention Certificate<br />

8 Insurance<br />

Append 9.2 - Shipboard Certs.docx 1 of 11<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 9.2 - Shipboard Certs.docx 2 of 11<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 9.2 - Shipboard Certs.docx 3 of 11<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 9.2 - Shipboard Certs.docx 4 of 11<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 9.2 - Shipboard Certs.docx 5 of 11<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 9.2 - Shipboard Certs.docx 6 of 11<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 9.2 - Shipboard Certs.docx 7 of 11<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 9.2 - Shipboard Certs.docx 8 of 11<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Certificate of Currency<br />

Append 9.2 - Shipboard Certs.docx 9 of 11<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 9.2 - Shipboard Certs.docx 10 of 11<br />

Revised: November 2010


<strong>Australian</strong> <strong>Maritime</strong> <strong>College</strong><br />

Append 9.2 - Shipboard Certs.docx 11 of 11<br />

Revised: November 2010

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!